The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS...

137
THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I have now altered to The Sleeper Awakes, was first published as a book in 1899 after a serial appearance in the Graphic and one or two American and colonial periodicals. It is one of the most ambitious and least satisfactory of my books, and I have taken the opportunity afforded by this reprinting to make a number of excisions and alterations. Like most of my earlier work, it was written under considerable pressure; there are marks of haste not only in the writing of the latter part, but in the very construction of the story. Except for certain streaks of a slovenliness which seems to be an almost unavoidable defect in me, there is little to be ashamed of in the writing of the opening portion; but it will be fairly manifest to the critic that instead of being put aside and thought over through a leisurely interlude, the ill-conceived latter part was pushed to its end. I was at that time overworked, and badly in need of a holiday. In addition to various necessary journalistic tasks, I had in hand another book, Love and Mr. Lewisham, which had taken a very much stronger hold upon my affections than this present story. My circumstances demanded that one or other should be finished before I took any rest, and so I wound up the Sleeper sufficiently to make it a marketable work, hoping to be able to revise it before the book printers at any rate got hold of it. But fortune was against me. I came back to England from Italy only to fall dangerously ill, and I still remember the impotent rage and strain of my attempt to put some sort of finish to my story of Mr. Lewisham, with my temperature at a hundred and two. I couldn't endure the thought of leaving that book a fragment. I did afterwards contrive to save it from the consequences of that febrile spurt--Love and Mr. Lewisham is indeed one of my most carefully balanced books--but the Sleeper escaped me. It is twelve years now since the Sleeper was written, and that young man of thirty-one is already too remote for me to attempt any very drastic reconstruction of his work. I have played now merely the part of an editorial elder brother: cut out relentlessly a number of long tiresome passages that showed all too plainly the fagged, toiling brain, the heavy sluggish driven pen, and straightened out certain indecisions at the end. Except for that, I have done no more than hack here and there at clumsy phrases and repetitions. The worst thing in the earlier version, and the thing that rankled most in my mind, was the treatment of the relations of Helen Wotton and Graham. Haste in art is almost always vulgarisation, and I slipped into the obvious vulgarity of making what the newspaper syndicates call a "love interest" out of Helen. There was even a clumsy intimation that instead of going up in the flying-machine to fight, Graham might have given in to Ostrog, and married Helen. I have now removed the suggestion of these uncanny connubialities. Not the slightest intimation of any sexual interest could in truth have arisen between these two. They loved and kissed one another, but as a girl and her heroic grandfather might love, and in a crisis kiss. I have found it possible, without any very serious disarrangement, to clear all that objectionable stuff out of the story, and so a little ease my conscience on the score of this ungainly lapse. I have also, with a few strokes of the pen, eliminated certain dishonest and regrettable suggestions that the People beat Ostrog. My Graham dies, as all his kind must die, with no certainty of either victory or defeat. Who will win--Ostrog or the People? A thousand years hence that will still be just the open question we leave to-day. Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Transcript of The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS...

Page 1: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

THE SLEEPER AWAKESA Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes"

H.G. WELLS

1899

PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITIONWhen the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I have now altered to The Sleeper Awakes, was first published as abook in 1899 after a serial appearance in the Graphic and one or two American and colonial periodicals. Itis one of the most ambitious and least satisfactory of my books, and I have taken the opportunity affordedby this reprinting to make a number of excisions and alterations. Like most of my earlier work, it waswritten under considerable pressure; there are marks of haste not only in the writing of the latter part, but inthe very construction of the story. Except for certain streaks of a slovenliness which seems to be an almostunavoidable defect in me, there is little to be ashamed of in the writing of the opening portion; but it will befairly manifest to the critic that instead of being put aside and thought over through a leisurely interlude, theill-conceived latter part was pushed to its end. I was at that time overworked, and badly in need of a holiday.In addition to various necessary journalistic tasks, I had in hand another book, Love and Mr. Lewisham,which had taken a very much stronger hold upon my affections than this present story. My circumstancesdemanded that one or other should be finished before I took any rest, and so I wound up the Sleepersufficiently to make it a marketable work, hoping to be able to revise it before the book printers at any rategot hold of it. But fortune was against me. I came back to England from Italy only to fall dangerously ill, andI still remember the impotent rage and strain of my attempt to put some sort of finish to my story of Mr.Lewisham, with my temperature at a hundred and two. I couldn't endure the thought of leaving that book afragment. I did afterwards contrive to save it from the consequences of that febrile spurt--Love and Mr.Lewisham is indeed one of my most carefully balanced books--but the Sleeper escaped me.

It is twelve years now since the Sleeper was written, and that young man of thirty-one is already too remotefor me to attempt any very drastic reconstruction of his work. I have played now merely the part of aneditorial elder brother: cut out relentlessly a number of long tiresome passages that showed all too plainly thefagged, toiling brain, the heavy sluggish driven pen, and straightened out certain indecisions at the end.Except for that, I have done no more than hack here and there at clumsy phrases and repetitions. The worstthing in the earlier version, and the thing that rankled most in my mind, was the treatment of the relations ofHelen Wotton and Graham. Haste in art is almost always vulgarisation, and I slipped into the obviousvulgarity of making what the newspaper syndicates call a "love interest" out of Helen. There was even aclumsy intimation that instead of going up in the flying-machine to fight, Graham might have given in toOstrog, and married Helen. I have now removed the suggestion of these uncanny connubialities. Not theslightest intimation of any sexual interest could in truth have arisen between these two. They loved andkissed one another, but as a girl and her heroic grandfather might love, and in a crisis kiss. I have found itpossible, without any very serious disarrangement, to clear all that objectionable stuff out of the story, and soa little ease my conscience on the score of this ungainly lapse. I have also, with a few strokes of the pen,eliminated certain dishonest and regrettable suggestions that the People beat Ostrog. My Graham dies, as allhis kind must die, with no certainty of either victory or defeat.

Who will win--Ostrog or the People? A thousand years hence that will still be just the open question weleave to-day.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 2: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

H.G. WELLS.

CONTENTSI. INSOMNIA

II. THE TRANCE

III. THE AWAKENING

IV. THE SOUND OF A TUMULT

V. THE MOVING WAYS

VI. THE HALL OF THE ATLAS

VII. IN THE SILENT ROOMS

VIII. THE ROOF SPACES

IX. THE PEOPLE MARCH

X. THE BATTLE OF THE DARKNESS

XI. THE OLD MAN WHO KNEW EVERYTHING

XII. OSTROG

XIII. THE END OF THE OLD ORDER

XIV. FROM THE CROW'S NEST

XV. PROMINENT PEOPLE

XVI. THE MONOPLANE

XVII. THREE DAYS

XVIII. GRAHAM REMEMBERS

XIX. OSTROG'S POINT OF VIEW

XX. IN THE CITY WAYS

XXI. THE UNDER-SIDE

XXII. THE STRUGGLE IN THE COUNCIL HOUSE

XXIII. GRAHAM SPEAKS HIS WORD

XXIV. WHILE THE AEROPLANES WERE COMING

XXV. THE COMING OF THE AEROPLANES

THE SLEEPER AWAKES

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 3: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

CHAPTER IINSOMNIA

One afternoon, at low water, Mr. Isbister, a young artist lodging at Boscastle, walked from that place to thepicturesque cove of Pentargen, desiring to examine the caves there. Halfway down the precipitous path tothe Pentargen beach he came suddenly upon a man sitting in an attitude of profound distress beneath aprojecting mass of rock. The hands of this man hung limply over his knees, his eyes were red and staringbefore him, and his face was wet with tears.

He glanced round at Isbister's footfall. Both men were disconcerted, Isbister the more so, and, to overridethe awkwardness of his involuntary pause, he remarked, with an air of mature conviction, that the weatherwas hot for the time of year.

"Very," answered the stranger shortly, hesitated a second, and added in a colourless tone, "I can't sleep."

Isbister stopped abruptly. "No?" was all he said, but his bearing conveyed his helpful impulse.

"It may sound incredible," said the stranger, turning weary eyes to Isbister's face and emphasizing his wordswith a languid hand, "but I have had no sleep--no sleep at all for six nights."

"Had advice?"

"Yes. Bad advice for the most part. Drugs. My nervous system.... They are all very well for the run ofpeople. It's hard to explain. I dare not take ... sufficiently powerful drugs."

"That makes it difficult," said Isbister.

He stood helplessly in the narrow path, perplexed what to do. Clearly the man wanted to talk. An ideanatural enough under the circumstances, prompted him to keep the conversation going. "I've never sufferedfrom sleeplessness myself," he said in a tone of commonplace gossip, "but in those cases I have known,people have usually found something--"

"I dare make no experiments."

He spoke wearily. He gave a gesture of rejection, and for a space both men were silent.

"Exercise?" suggested Isbister diffidently, with a glance from his interlocutor's face of wretchedness to thetouring costume he wore.

"That is what I have tried. Unwisely perhaps. I have followed the coast, day after day--from New Quay. Ithas only added muscular fatigue to the mental. The cause of this unrest was overwork--trouble. There wassomething--"

He stopped as if from sheer fatigue. He rubbed his forehead with a lean hand. He resumed speech like onewho talks to himself.

"I am a lone wolf, a solitary man, wandering through a world in which I have no part. I am wifeless--childless--who is it speaks of the childless as the dead twigs on the tree of life? I am wifeless, childless--Icould find no duty to do. No desire even in my heart. One thing at last I set myself to do.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 4: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

"I said, I will do this, and to do it, to overcome the inertia of this dull body, I resorted to drugs. Great God,I've had enough of drugs! I don't know if you feel the heavy inconvenience of the body, its exasperatingdemand of time from the mind--time--life! Live! We only live in patches. We have to eat, and then comesthe dull digestive complacencies--or irritations. We have to take the air or else our thoughts grow sluggish,stupid, run into gulfs and blind alleys. A thousand distractions arise from within and without, and then comesdrowsiness and sleep. Men seem to live for sleep. How little of a man's day is his own--even at the best!And then come those false friends, those Thug helpers, the alkaloids that stifle natural fatigue and kill rest--black coffee, cocaine--"

"I see," said Isbister.

"I did my work," said the sleepless man with a querulous intonation.

"And this is the price?"

"Yes."

For a little while the two remained without speaking.

"You cannot imagine the craving for rest that I feel--a hunger and thirst. For six long days, since my workwas done, my mind has been a whirlpool, swift, unprogressive and incessant, a torrent of thoughts leadingnowhere, spinning round swift and steady--" He paused. "Towards the gulf."

"You must sleep," said Isbister decisively, and with an air of a remedy discovered. "Certainly you mustsleep."

"My mind is perfectly lucid. It was never clearer. But I know I am drawing towards the vortex. Presently--"

"Yes?"

"You have seen things go down an eddy? Out of the light of the day, out of this sweet world of sanity--down--"

"But," expostulated Isbister.

The man threw out a hand towards him, and his eyes were wild, and his voice suddenly high. "I shall killmyself. If in no other way--at the foot of yonder dark precipice there, where the waves are green, and thewhite surge lifts and falls, and that little thread of water trembles down. There at any rate is ... sleep."

"That's unreasonable," said Isbister, startled at the man's hysterical gust of emotion. "Drugs are better thanthat."

"There at any rate is sleep," repeated the stranger, not heeding him.

Isbister looked at him. "It's not a cert, you know," he remarked. "There's a cliff like that at Lulworth Cove--as high, anyhow--and a little girl fell from top to bottom. And lives to-day--sound and well."

"But those rocks there?"

"One might lie on them rather dismally through a cold night, broken bones grating as one shivered, chillwater splashing over you. Eh?"

Their eyes met. "Sorry to upset your ideals," said Isbister with a sense of devil-may-careish brilliance. "But asuicide over that cliff (or any cliff for the matter of that), really, as an artist--" He laughed. "It's so damnedamateurish."

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 5: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

"But the other thing," said the sleepless man irritably, "the other thing. No man can keep sane if night afternight--"

"Have you been walking along this coast alone?"

"Yes."

"Silly sort of thing to do. If you'll excuse my saying so. Alone! As you say; body fag is no cure for brain fag.Who told you to? No wonder; walking! And the sun on your head, heat, fag, solitude, all the day long, andthen, I suppose, you go to bed and try very hard--eh?"

Isbister stopped short and looked at the sufferer doubtfully.

"Look at these rocks!" cried the seated man with a sudden force of gesture. "Look at that sea that hasshone and quivered there for ever! See the white spume rush into darkness under that great cliff. And thisblue vault, with the blinding sun pouring from the dome of it. It is your world. You accept it, you rejoice in it.It warms and supports and delights you. And for me--"

He turned his head and showed a ghastly face, bloodshot pallid eyes and bloodless lips. He spoke almost in awhisper. "It is the garment of my misery. The whole world ... is the garment of my misery."

Isbister looked at all the wild beauty of the sunlit cliffs about them and back to that face of despair. For amoment he was silent.

He started, and made a gesture of impatient rejection. "You get a night's sleep," he said, "and you won't seemuch misery out here. Take my word for it."

He was quite sure now that this was a providential encounter. Only half an hour ago he had been feelinghorribly bored. Here was employment the bare thought of which, was righteous self-applause. He tookpossession forthwith. The first need of this exhausted being was companionship. He flung himself down onthe steeply sloping turf beside the motionless seated figure, and threw out a skirmishing line of gossip.

His hearer lapsed into apathy; he stared dismally seaward, and spoke only in answer to Isbister's directquestions--and not to all of those. But he made no objection to this benevolent intrusion upon his despair.

He seemed even grateful, and when presently Isbister, feeling that his unsupported talk was losing vigour,suggested that they should reascend the steep and return towards Boscastle, alleging the view intoBlackapit, he submitted quietly. Halfway up he began talking to himself, and abruptly turned a ghastly faceon his helper. "What can be happening?" he asked with a gaunt illustrative hand. "What can be happening?Spin, spin, spin, spin. It goes round and round, round and round for evermore."

He stood with his hand circling.

"It's all right, old chap," said Isbister with the air of an old friend."Don't worry yourself. Trust to me,"

The man dropped his hand and turned again. They went over the brow and to the headland beyond Penally,with the sleepless man gesticulating ever and again, and speaking fragmentary things concerning his whirlingbrain. At the headland they stood by the seat that looks into the dark mysteries of Blackapit, and then he satdown. Isbister had resumed his talk whenever the path had widened sufficiently for them to walk abreast.He was enlarging upon the complex difficulty of making Boscastle Harbour in bad weather, when suddenlyand quite irrelevantly his companion interrupted him again.

"My head is not like what it was," he said, gesticulating for want of expressive phrases. "It's not like what itwas. There is a sort of oppression, a weight. No--not drowsiness, would God it were! It is like a shadow, a

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 6: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

deep shadow falling suddenly and swiftly across something busy. Spin, spin into the darkness. The tumult ofthought, the confusion, the eddy and eddy. I can't express it. I can hardly keep my mind on it--steadilyenough to tell you."

He stopped feebly.

"Don't trouble, old chap," said Isbister. "I think I can understand. At any rate, it don't matter very much justat present about telling me, you know."

The sleepless man thrust his knuckles into his eyes and rubbed them. Isbister talked for awhile while thisrubbing continued, and then he had a fresh idea. "Come down to my room," he said, "and try a pipe. I canshow you some sketches of this Blackapit. If you'd care?"

The other rose obediently and followed him down the steep.

Several times Isbister heard him stumble as they came down, and hismovements were slow and hesitating. "Come in with me," saidIsbister, "and try some cigarettes and the blessed gift of alcohol.If you take alcohol?"

The stranger hesitated at the garden gate. He seemed no longer aware of his actions. "I don't drink," he saidslowly, coming up the garden path, and after a moment's interval repeated absently, "No--I don't drink. Itgoes round. Spin, it goes--spin--"

He stumbled at the doorstep and entered the room with the bearing of one who sees nothing.

Then he sat down heavily in the easy chair, seemed almost to fall into it. He leant forward with his brows onhis hands and became motionless. Presently he made a faint sound in his throat.

Isbister moved about the room with the nervousness of an inexperienced host, making little remarks thatscarcely required answering. He crossed the room to his portfolio, placed it on the table and noticed themantel clock.

"I don't know if you'd care to have supper with me," he said with an unlighted cigarette in his hand--his mindtroubled with ideas of a furtive administration of chloral. "Only cold mutton, you know, but passing sweet.Welsh. And a tart, I believe." He repeated this after momentary silence.

The seated man made no answer. Isbister stopped, match in hand, regarding him.

The stillness lengthened. The match went out, the cigarette was put down unlit. The man was certainly verystill. Isbister took up the portfolio, opened it, put it down, hesitated, seemed about to speak. "Perhaps," hewhispered doubtfully. Presently he glanced at the door and back to the figure. Then he stole on tiptoe out ofthe room, glancing at his companion after each elaborate pace.

He closed the door noiselessly. The house door was standing open, and he went out beyond the porch, andstood where the monkshood rose at the corner of the garden bed. From this point he could see the strangerthrough the open window, still and dim, sitting head on hand. He had not moved.

A number of children going along the road stopped and regarded the artist curiously. A boatman exchangedcivilities with him. He felt that possibly his circumspect attitude and position looked peculiar andunaccountable. Smoking, perhaps, might seem more natural. He drew pipe and pouch from his pocket, filledthe pipe slowly.

"I wonder," ... he said, with a scarcely perceptible loss of complacency. "At any rate one must give him achance." He struck a match in the virile way, and proceeded to light his pipe.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 7: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

He heard his landlady behind him, coming with his lamp lit from the kitchen. He turned, gesticulating with hispipe, and stopped her at the door of his sitting-room. He had some difficulty in explaining the situation inwhispers, for she did not know he had a visitor. She retreated again with the lamp, still a little mystified tojudge from her manner, and he resumed his hovering at the corner of the porch, flushed and less at his ease.

Long after he had smoked out his pipe, and when the bats were abroad, curiosity dominated his complexhesitations, and he stole back into his darkling sitting-room. He paused in the doorway. The stranger was stillin the same attitude, dark against the window. Save for the singing of some sailors aboard one of the littleslate-carrying ships in the harbour the evening was very still. Outside, the spikes of monkshood anddelphinium stood erect and motionless against the shadow of the hillside. Something flashed into Isbister'smind; he started, and leaning over the table, listened. An unpleasant suspicion grew stronger; becameconviction. Astonishment seized him and became--dread!

No sound of breathing came from the seated figure!

He crept slowly and noiselessly round the table, pausing twice to listen. At last he could lay his hand on theback of the armchair. He bent down until the two heads were ear to ear.

Then he bent still lower to look up at his visitor's face. He started violently and uttered an exclamation. Theeyes were void spaces of white.

He looked again and saw that they were open and with the pupils rolled under the lids. He was afraid. Hetook the man by the shoulder and shook him. "Are you asleep?" he said, with his voice jumping, and again,"Are you asleep?"

A conviction took possession of his mind that this man was dead. He became active and noisy, strode acrossthe room, blundering against the table as he did so, and rang the bell.

"Please bring a light at once," he said in the passage. "There is something wrong with my friend."

He returned to the motionless seated figure, grasped the shoulder, shook it, shouted. The room was floodedwith yellow glare as his landlady entered with the light. His face was white as he turned blinking towardsher. "I must fetch a doctor," he said. "It is either death or a fit. Is there a doctor in the village? Where is adoctor to be found?"

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 8: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

CHAPTER IITHE TRANCE

The state of cataleptic rigour into which this man had fallen, lasted for an unprecedented length of time, andthen he passed slowly to the flaccid state, to a lax attitude suggestive of profound repose. Then it was hiseyes could be closed.

He was removed from the hotel to the Boscastle surgery, and from the surgery, after some weeks, toLondon. But he still resisted every attempt at reanimation. After a time, for reasons that will appear later,these attempts were discontinued. For a great space he lay in that strange condition, inert and still--neitherdead nor living but, as it were, suspended, hanging midway between nothingness and existence. His was adarkness unbroken by a ray of thought or sensation, a dreamless inanition, a vast space of peace. The tumultof his mind had swelled and risen to an abrupt climax of silence. Where was the man? Where is any manwhen insensibility takes hold of him?

"It seems only yesterday," said Isbister. "I remember it all as though it happened yesterday--clearer, perhaps,than if it had happened yesterday."

It was the Isbister of the last chapter, but he was no longer a young man. The hair that had been brown anda trifle in excess of the fashionable length, was iron grey and clipped close, and the face that had been pinkand white was buff and ruddy. He had a pointed beard shot with grey. He talked to an elderly man whowore a summer suit of drill (the summer of that year was unusually hot). This was Warming, a Londonsolicitor and next of kin to Graham, the man who had fallen into the trance. And the two men stood side byside in a room in a house in London regarding his recumbent figure.

It was a yellow figure lying lax upon a water-bed and clad in a flowing shirt, a figure with a shrunken faceand a stubby beard, lean limbs and lank nails, and about it was a case of thin glass. This glass seemed tomark off the sleeper from the reality of life about him, he was a thing apart, a strange, isolated abnormality.The two men stood close to the glass, peering in.

"The thing gave me a shock," said Isbister. "I feel a queer sort of surprise even now when I think of hiswhite eyes. They were white, you know, rolled up. Coming here again brings it all back to me."

"Have you never seen him since that time?" asked Warming.

"Often wanted to come," said Isbister; "but business nowadays is too serious a thing for much holidaykeeping. I've been in America most of the time."

"If I remember rightly," said Warming, "you were an artist?"

"Was. And then I became a married man. I saw it was all up with black and white, very soon--at least for amediocrity, and I jumped on to process. Those posters on the Cliffs at Dover are by my people."

"Good posters," admitted the solicitor, "though I was sorry to see them there."

"Last as long as the cliffs, if necessary," exclaimed Isbister with satisfaction. "The world changes. When hefell asleep, twenty years ago, I was down at Boscastle with a box of water-colours and a noble, old-fashioned ambition. I didn't expect that some day my pigments would glorify the whole blessed coast of

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 9: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

England, from Land's End round again to the Lizard. Luck comes to a man very often when he's notlooking."

Warming seemed to doubt the quality of the luck. "I just missed seeing you, if I recollect aright."

"You came back by the trap that took me to Camelford railway station. It was close on the Jubilee,Victoria's Jubilee, because I remember the seats and flags in Westminster, and the row with the cabman atChelsea."

"The Diamond Jubilee, it was," said Warming; "the second one."

"Ah, yes! At the proper Jubilee--the Fifty Year affair--I was down at Wookey--a boy. I missed all that....What a fuss we had with him! My landlady wouldn't take him in, wouldn't let him stay--he looked so queerwhen he was rigid. We had to carry him in a chair up to the hotel. And the Boscastle doctor--it wasn't thepresent chap, but the G.P. before him--was at him until nearly two, with me and the landlord holding lightsand so forth."

"Do you mean--he was stiff and hard?"

"Stiff!--wherever you bent him he stuck. You might have stood him on his head and he'd have stopped. Inever saw such stiffness. Of course this"--he indicated the prostrate figure by a movement of his head--"isquite different. And the little doctor--what was his name?"

"Smithers?"

"Smithers it was--was quite wrong in trying to fetch him round too soon, according to all accounts. Thethings he did! Even now it makes me feel all--ugh! Mustard, snuff, pricking. And one of those beastly littlethings, not dynamos--"

"Coils."

"Yes. You could see his muscles throb and jump, and he twisted about. There were just two flaring yellowcandles, and all the shadows were shivering, and the little doctor nervous and putting on side, and him--starkand squirming in the most unnatural ways. Well, it made me dream."

Pause.

"It's a strange state," said Warming.

"It's a sort of complete absence," said Isbister. "Here's the body, empty. Not dead a bit, and yet not alive. It'slike a seat vacant and marked 'engaged.' No feeling, no digestion, no beating of the heart--not a flutter. Thatdoesn't make me feel as if there was a man present. In a sense it's more dead than death, for these doctorstell me that even the hair has stopped growing. Now with the proper dead, the hair will go on growing--"

"I know," said Warming, with a flash of pain in his expression.

They peered through the glass again. Graham was indeed in a strange state, in the flaccid phase of a trance,but a trance unprecedented in medical history. Trances had lasted for as much as a year before--but at theend of that time it had ever been a waking or a death; sometimes first one and then the other. Isbister notedthe marks the physicians had made in injecting nourishment, for that had been resorted to to postponecollapse; he pointed them out to Warming, who had been trying not to see them.

"And while he has been lying here," said Isbister, with the zest of a life freely spent, "I have changed myplans in life; married, raised a family, my eldest lad--I hadn't begun to think of sons then--is an Americancitizen, and looking forward to leaving Harvard. There's a touch of grey in my hair. And this man, not a day

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 10: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

older nor wiser (practically) than I was in my downy days. It's curious to think of."

Warming turned. "And I have grown old too. I played cricket with him whenI was still only a boy. And he looks a young man still. Yellow perhaps.But that is a young man nevertheless."

"And there's been the War," said Isbister.

"From beginning to end."

"And these Martians."

"I've understood," said Isbister after a pause, "that he had some moderate property of his own?"

"That is so," said Warming. He coughed primly. "As it happens--I have charge of it."

"Ah!" Isbister thought, hesitated and spoke: "No doubt--his keep here is not expensive--no doubt it will haveimproved--accumulated?"

"It has. He will wake up very much better off--if he wakes--than when he slept."

"As a business man," said Isbister, "that thought has naturally been in my mind. I have, indeed, sometimesthought that, speaking commercially, of course, this sleep may be a very good thing for him. That he knowswhat he is about, so to speak, in being insensible so long. If he had lived straight on--"

"I doubt if he would have premeditated as much," said Warming. "He was not a far-sighted man. In fact--"

"Yes?"

"We differed on that point. I stood to him somewhat in the relation of a guardian. You have probably seenenough of affairs to recognise that occasionally a certain friction--. But even if that was the case, there is adoubt whether he will ever wake. This sleep exhausts slowly, but it exhausts. Apparently he is sliding slowly,very slowly and tediously, down a long slope, if you can understand me?"

"It will be a pity to lose his surprise. There's been a lot of change these twenty years. It's Rip Van Winklecome real."

"There has been a lot of change certainly," said Warming. "And, among other changes, I have changed. I aman old man."

Isbister hesitated, and then feigned a belated surprise. "I shouldn't have thought it."

"I was forty-three when his bankers--you remember you wired to his bankers--sent on to me."

"I got their address from the cheque book in his pocket," said Isbister.

"Well, the addition is not difficult," said Warming.

There was another pause, and then Isbister gave way to an unavoidable curiosity. "He may go on for yearsyet," he said, and had a moment of hesitation. "We have to consider that. His affairs, you know, may fallsome day into the hands of--someone else, you know."

"That, if you will believe me, Mr. Isbister, is one of the problems most constantly before my mind. Wehappen to be--as a matter of fact, there are no very trustworthy connexions of ours. It is a grotesque andunprecedented position."

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 11: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

"Rather," said Isbister.

"It seems to me it's a case of some public body, some practically undying guardian. If he really is going onliving--as the doctors, some of them, think. As a matter of fact, I have gone to one or two public men aboutit. But, so far, nothing has been done."

"It wouldn't be a bad idea to hand him over to some public body--the British Museum Trustees, or the RoyalCollege of Physicians. Sounds a bit odd, of course, but the whole situation is odd."

"The difficulty is to induce them to take him."

"Red tape, I suppose?"

"Partly."

Pause. "It's a curious business, certainly," said Isbister. "And compound interest has a way of mounting up."

"It has," said Warming. "And now the gold supplies are running short there is a tendency towards ...appreciation."

"I've felt that," said Isbister with a grimace. "But it makes it better for him."

"If he wakes."

"If he wakes," echoed Isbister. "Do you notice the pinched-in look of his nose, and the way in which hiseyelids sink?"

Warming looked and thought for a space. "I doubt if he will wake," he said at last.

"I never properly understood," said Isbister, "what it was brought this on. He told me something aboutoverstudy. I've often been curious."

"He was a man of considerable gifts, but spasmodic, emotional. He had grave domestic troubles, divorcedhis wife, in fact, and it was as a relief from that, I think, that he took up politics of the rabid sort. He was afanatical Radical--a Socialist--or typical Liberal, as they used to call themselves, of the advanced school.Energetic--flighty--undisciplined. Overwork upon a controversy did this for him. I remember the pamphlethe wrote--a curious production. Wild, whirling stuff. There were one or two prophecies. Some of them arealready exploded, some of them are established facts. But for the most part to read such a thesis is torealise how full the world is of unanticipated things. He will have much to learn, much to unlearn, when hewakes. If ever a waking comes."

"I'd give anything to be there," said Isbister, "just to hear what he would say to it all."

"So would I," said Warming. "Aye! so would I," with an old man's sudden turn to self pity. "But I shall neversee him wake."

He stood looking thoughtfully at the waxen figure. "He will never awake," he said at last. He sighed. "Hewill never awake again."

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 12: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

CHAPTER IIITHE AWAKENING

But Warming was wrong in that. An awakening came.

What a wonderfully complex thing! this simple seeming unity--the self! Who can trace its reintegration asmorning after morning we awaken, the flux and confluence of its countless factors interweaving, rebuilding,the dim first stirrings of the soul, the growth and synthesis of the unconscious to the subconscious, thesubconscious to dawning consciousness, until at last we recognise ourselves again. And as it happens tomost of us after the night's sleep, so it was with Graham at the end of his vast slumber. A dim cloud ofsensation taking shape, a cloudy dreariness, and he found himself vaguely somewhere, recumbent, faint, butalive.

The pilgrimage towards a personal being seemed to traverse vast gulfs, to occupy epochs. Gigantic dreamsthat were terrible realities at the time, left vague perplexing memories, strange creatures, strange scenery, asif from another planet. There was a distinct impression, too, of a momentous conversation, of a name--hecould not tell what name--that was subsequently to recur, of some queer long-forgotten sensation of veinand muscle, of a feeling of vast hopeless effort, the effort of a man near drowning in darkness. Then camea panorama of dazzling unstable confluent scenes....

Graham became aware that his eyes were open and regarding some unfamiliar thing.

It was something white, the edge of something, a frame of wood. He moved his head slightly, following thecontour of this shape. It went up beyond the top of his eyes. He tried to think where he might be. Did itmatter, seeing he was so wretched? The colour of his thoughts was a dark depression. He felt thefeatureless misery of one who wakes towards the hour of dawn. He had an uncertain sense of whispersand footsteps hastily receding.

The movement of his head involved a perception of extreme physical weakness. He supposed he was in bedin the hotel at the place in the valley--but he could not recall that white edge. He must have slept. Heremembered now that he had wanted to sleep. He recalled the cliff and Waterfall again, and thenrecollected something about talking to a passer-by....

How long had he slept? What was that sound of pattering feet? And that rise and fall, like the murmur ofbreakers on pebbles? He put out a languid hand to reach his watch from the chair whereon it was his habitto place it, and touched some smooth hard surface like glass. This was so unexpected that it startled himextremely. Quite suddenly he rolled over, stared for a moment, and struggled into a sitting position. Theeffort was unexpectedly difficult, and it left him giddy and weak--and amazed.

He rubbed his eyes. The riddle of his surroundings was confusing but his mind was quite clear--evidently hissleep had benefited him. He was not in a bed at all as he understood the word, but lying naked on a verysoft and yielding mattress, in a trough of dark glass. The mattress was partly transparent, a fact he observedwith a sense of insecurity, and below it was a mirror reflecting him greyly. About his arm--and he saw witha shock that his skin was strangely dry and yellow--was bound a curious apparatus of rubber, bound socunningly that it seemed to pass into his skin above and below. And this bed was placed in a case ofgreenish coloured glass (as it seemed to him), a bar in the white framework of which had first arrested hisattention. In the corner of the case was a stand of glittering and delicately made apparatus, for the most part

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 13: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

quite strange appliances, though a maximum and minimum thermometer was recognisable.

The slightly greenish tint of the glass-like substance which surrounded him on every hand obscured what laybehind, but he perceived it was a vast apartment of splendid appearance, and with a very large and simplewhite archway facing him. Close to the walls of the cage were articles of furniture, a table covered with asilvery cloth, silvery like the side of a fish, a couple of graceful chairs, and on the table a number of disheswith substances piled on them, a bottle and two glasses. He realised that he was intensely hungry.

He could see no one, and after a period of hesitation scrambled off the translucent mattress and tried tostand on the clean white floor of his little apartment. He had miscalculated his strength, however, andstaggered and put his hand against the glass like pane before him to steady himself. For a moment it resistedhis hand, bending outward like a distended bladder, then it broke with a slight report and vanished--a prickedbubble. He reeled out into the general space of the hall, greatly astonished. He caught at the table to savehimself, knocking one of the glasses to the floor--it rang but did not break--and sat down in one of thearmchairs.

When he had a little recovered he filled the remaining glass from the bottle and drank--a colourless liquid itwas, but not water, with a pleasing faint aroma and taste and a quality of immediate support and stimulus.He put down the vessel and looked about him.

The apartment lost none of its size and magnificence now that the greenish transparency that had intervenedwas removed. The archway he saw led to a flight of steps, going downward without the intermediation of adoor, to a spacious transverse passage. This passage ran between polished pillars of some white-veinedsubstance of deep ultramarine, and along it came the sound of human movements, and voices and a deepundeviating droning note. He sat, now fully awake, listening alertly, forgetting the viands in his attention.

Then with a shock he remembered that he was naked, and casting about him for covering, saw a long blackrobe thrown on one of the chairs beside him. This he wrapped about him and sat down again, trembling.

His mind was still a surging perplexity. Clearly he had slept, and had been removed in his sleep. But where?And who were those people, the distant crowd beyond the deep blue pillars? Boscastle? He poured out andpartially drank another glass of the colourless fluid.

What was this place?--this place that to his senses seemed subtly quivering like a thing alive? He lookedabout him at the clean and beautiful form of the apartment, unstained by ornament, and saw that the roofwas broken in one place by a circular shaft full of light, and, as he looked, a steady, sweeping shadowblotted it out and passed, and came again and passed. "Beat, beat," that sweeping shadow had a note of itsown in the subdued tumult that filled the air.

He would have called out, but only a little sound came into his throat. Then he stood up, and, with theuncertain steps of a drunkard, made his way towards the archway. He staggered down the steps, tripped onthe corner of the black cloak he had wrapped about himself, and saved himself by catching at one of theblue pillars.

The passage ran down a cool vista of blue and purple and ended remotely in a railed space like a balconybrightly lit and projecting into a space of haze, a space like the interior of some gigantic building. Beyond andremote were vast and vague architectural forms. The tumult of voices rose now loud and clear, and on thebalcony and with their backs to him, gesticulating and apparently in animated conversation, were threefigures, richly dressed in loose and easy garments of bright soft colourings. The noise of a great multitude ofpeople poured up over the balcony, and once it seemed the top of a banner passed, and once some brightlycoloured object, a pale blue cap or garment thrown up into the air perhaps, flashed athwart the space andfell. The shouts sounded like English, there was a reiteration of "Wake!" He heard some indistinct shrill cry,and abruptly these three men began laughing.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 14: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

"Ha, ha, ha!" laughed one--a red-haired man in a short purple robe. "When the Sleeper wakes--When!"

He turned his eyes full of merriment along the passage. His face changed, the whole man changed, becamerigid. The other two turned swiftly at his exclamation and stood motionless. Their faces assumed anexpression of consternation, an expression that deepened into awe.

Suddenly Graham's knees bent beneath him, his arm against the pillar collapsed limply, he staggered forwardand fell upon his face.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 15: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

CHAPTER IVTHE SOUND OF A TUMULT

Graham's last impression before he fainted was of the ringing of bells. He learnt afterwards that he wasinsensible, hanging between life and death, for the better part of an hour. When he recovered his senses, hewas back on his translucent couch, and there was a stirring warmth at heart and throat. The dark apparatus,he perceived, had been removed from his arm, which was bandaged. The white framework was still abouthim, but the greenish transparent substance that had filled it was altogether gone. A man in a deep violetrobe, one of those who had been on the balcony, was looking keenly into his face.

Remote but insistent was a clamour of bells and confused sounds, that suggested to his mind the picture of agreat number of people shouting together. Something seemed to fall across this tumult, a door suddenlyclosed.

Graham moved his head. "What does this all mean?" he said slowly."Where am I?"

He saw the red-haired man who had been first to discover him. A voice seemed to be asking what he hadsaid, and was abruptly stilled.

The man in violet answered in a soft voice, speaking English with aslightly foreign accent, or so at least it seemed to the Sleeper's ears."You are quite safe. You were brought hither from where you fell asleep.It is quite safe. You have been here some time--sleeping. In a trance."

He said, something further that Graham could not hear, and a little phial was handed across to him. Grahamfelt a cooling spray, a fragrant mist played over his forehead for a moment, and his sense of refreshmentincreased. He closed his eyes in satisfaction.

"Better?" asked the man in violet, as Graham's eyes reopened. He was a pleasant-faced man of thirty,perhaps, with a pointed flaxen beard, and a clasp of gold at the neck of his violet robe.

"Yes," said Graham.

"You have been asleep some time. In a cataleptic trance. You have heard? Catalepsy? It may seem strangeto you at first, but I can assure you everything is well."

Graham did not answer, but these words served their reassuring purpose. His eyes went from face to faceof the three people about him. They were regarding him strangely. He knew he ought to be somewhere inCornwall, but he could not square these things with that impression.

A matter that had been in his mind during his last waking moments at Boscastle recurred, a thing resolvedupon and somehow neglected. He cleared his throat.

"Have you wired my cousin?" he asked. "E. Warming, 27, Chancery Lane?"

They were all assiduous to hear. But he had to repeat it. "What an odd blurr in his accent!" whispered thered-haired man. "Wire, sir?" said the young man with the flaxen beard, evidently puzzled.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 16: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

"He means send an electric telegram," volunteered the third, a pleasant-faced youth of nineteen or twenty.The flaxen-bearded man gave a cry of comprehension. "How stupid of me! You may be sure everythingshall be done, sir," he said to Graham. "I am afraid it would be difficult to--wire to your cousin. He is not inLondon now. But don't trouble about arrangements yet; you have been asleep a very long time and theimportant thing is to get over that, sir." (Graham concluded the word was sir, but this man pronounced it"Sire.")

"Oh!" said Graham, and became quiet.

It was all very puzzling, but apparently these people in unfamiliar dress knew what they were about. Yetthey were odd and the room was odd. It seemed he was in some newly established place. He had a suddenflash of suspicion! Surely this wasn't some hall of public exhibition! If it was he would give Warming a pieceof his mind. But it scarcely had that character. And in a place of public exhibition he would not havediscovered himself naked.

Then suddenly, quite abruptly, he realised what had happened. There was no perceptible interval ofsuspicion, no dawn to his knowledge. Abruptly he knew that his trance had lasted for a vast interval; as if bysome processes of thought-reading he interpreted the awe in the faces that peered into his. He looked atthem strangely, full of intense emotion. It seemed they read his eyes. He framed his lips to speak and couldnot. A queer impulse to hide his knowledge came into his mind almost at the moment of his discovery. Helooked at his bare feet, regarding them silently. His impulse to speak passed. He was trembling exceedingly.

They gave him some pink fluid with a greenish fluorescence and a meaty taste, and the assurance ofreturning strength grew.

"That--that makes me feel better," he said hoarsely, and there were murmurs of respectful approval. Heknew now quite clearly. He made to speak again, and again he could not.

He pressed his throat and tried a third time. "How long?" he asked in a level voice. "How long have I beenasleep?"

"Some considerable time," said the flaxen-bearded man, glancing quickly at the others.

"How long?"

"A very long time."

"Yes--yes," said Graham, suddenly testy. "But I want--Is it--it is--some years? Many years? There wassomething--I forget what. I feel--confused. But you--" He sobbed. "You need not fence with me. How long--?"

He stopped, breathing irregularly. He squeezed his eyes with his knuckles and sat waiting for an answer.

They spoke in undertones.

"Five or six?" he asked faintly. "More?"

"Very much more than that."

"More!"

"More."

He looked at them and it seemed as though imps were twitching the muscles of his face. He looked hisquestion.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 17: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

"Many years," said the man with the red beard.

Graham struggled into a sitting position. He wiped a rheumy tear from his face with a lean hand. "Manyyears!" he repeated. He shut his eyes tight, opened them, and sat looking about him from one unfamiliarthing to another.

"How many years?" he asked.

"You must be prepared to be surprised."

"Well?"

"More than a gross of years."

He was irritated at the strange word. "More than a what?"

Two of them spoke together. Some quick remarks that were made about "decimal" he did not catch.

"How long did you say?" asked Graham. "How long? Don't look like that. Tell me."

Among the remarks in an undertone, his ear caught six words: "More than a couple of centuries."

"What?" he cried, turning on the youth who he thought had spoken. "Who says--? What was that? A coupleof centuries!"

"Yes," said the man with the red beard. "Two hundred years."

Graham repeated the words. He had been prepared to hear of a vast repose, and yet these concretecenturies defeated him.

"Two hundred years," he said again, with the figure of a great gulf opening very slowly in his mind; and then,"Oh, but--!"

They said nothing.

"You--did you say--?"

"Two hundred years. Two centuries of years," said the man with the red beard.

There was a pause. Graham looked at their faces and saw that what he had heard was indeed true.

"But it can't be," he said querulously. "I am dreaming. Trances--trancesdon't last. That is not right--this is a joke you have played upon me!Tell me--some days ago, perhaps, I was walking along the coast ofCornwall--?"

His voice failed him.

The man with the flaxen beard hesitated. "I'm not very strong in history, sir," he said weakly, and glanced atthe others.

"That was it, sir," said the youngster. "Boscastle, in the old Duchy of Cornwall--it's in the south-west countrybeyond the dairy meadows. There is a house there still. I have been there."

"Boscastle!" Graham turned his eyes to the youngster. "That was it--Boscastle. Little Boscastle. I fellasleep--somewhere there. I don't exactly remember. I don't exactly remember."

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 18: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

He pressed his brows and whispered, "More than two hundred years!"

He began to speak quickly with a twitching face, but his heart was cold within him. "But if it is two hundredyears, every soul I know, every human being that ever I saw or spoke to before I went to sleep, must bedead."

They did not answer him.

"The Queen and the Royal Family, her Ministers, Church and State. High and low, rich and poor, one withanother ... Is there England still?"

"That's a comfort! Is there London?"

"This is London, eh? And you are my assistant-custodian; assistant-custodian. And these--? Eh? Assistant-custodians too!"

He sat with a gaunt stare on his face. "But why am I here? No! Don't talk. Be quiet. Let me--"

He sat silent, rubbed his eyes, and, uncovering them, found another little glass of pinkish fluid held towardshim. He took the dose. Directly he had taken it he began to weep naturally and refreshingly.

Presently he looked at their faces, suddenly laughed through his tears, a little foolishly. "But--two--hun--dred--years!" he said. He grimaced hysterically and covered his face again.

After a space he grew calm. He sat up, his hands hanging over his knees in almost precisely the sameattitude in which Isbister had found him on the cliff at Pentargen. His attention was attracted by a thickdomineering voice, the footsteps of an advancing personage. "What are you doing? Why was I not warned?Surely you could tell? Someone will suffer for this. The man must be kept quiet. Are the doorways closed?All the doorways? He must be kept perfectly quiet. He must not be told. Has he been told anything?"

The man with the fair beard made some inaudible remark, and Graham looking over his shoulder sawapproaching a short, fat, and thickset beardless man, with aquiline nose and heavy neck and chin. Very thickblack and slightly sloping eyebrows that almost met over his nose and overhung deep grey eyes, gave hisface an oddly formidable expression. He scowled momentarily at Graham and then his regard returned tothe man with the flaxen beard. "These others," he said in a voice of extreme irritation. "You had better go."

"Go?" said the red-bearded man.

"Certainly--go now. But see the doorways are closed as you go."

The two men addressed turned obediently, after one reluctant glance at Graham, and instead of goingthrough the archway as he expected, walked straight to the dead wall of the apartment opposite thearchway. A long strip of this apparently solid wall rolled up with a snap, hung over the two retreating menand fell again, and immediately Graham was alone with the newcomer and the purple-robed man with theflaxen beard.

For a space the thickset man took not the slightest notice of Graham, but proceeded to interrogate the other--obviously his subordinate---upon the treatment of their charge. He spoke clearly, but in phrases onlypartially intelligible to Graham. The awakening seemed not only a matter of surprise but of consternation andannoyance to him. He was evidently profoundly excited.

"You must not confuse his mind by telling him things," he repeated again and again. "You must not confusehis mind."

His questions answered, he turned quickly and eyed the awakened sleeper with an ambiguous expression.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 19: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

"Feel queer?" he asked.

"Very."

"The world, what you see of it, seems strange to you?"

"I suppose I have to live in it, strange as it seems."

"I suppose so, now."

"In the first place, hadn't I better have some clothes?"

"They--" said the thickset man and stopped, and the flaxen-bearded man met his eye and went away. "Youwill very speedily have clothes," said the thickset man.

"Is it true indeed, that I have been asleep two hundred--?" asked Graham.

"They have told you that, have they? Two hundred and three, as a matter of fact."

Graham accepted the indisputable now with raised eyebrows and depressed mouth. He sat silent for amoment, and then asked a question, "Is there a mill or dynamo near here?" He did not wait for an answer."Things have changed tremendously, I suppose?" he said.

"What is that shouting?" he asked abruptly.

"Nothing," said the thickset man impatiently. "It's people. You'll understand better later--perhaps. As you say,things have changed." He spoke shortly, his brows were knit, and he glanced about him like a man trying todecide in an emergency. "We must get you clothes and so forth, at any rate. Better wait here until they canbe procured. No one will come near you. You want shaving."

Graham rubbed his chin.

The man with the flaxen beard came back towards them, turned suddenly, listened for a moment, lifted hiseyebrows at the older man, and hurried off through the archway towards the balcony. The tumult ofshouting grew louder, and the thickset man turned and listened also. He cursed suddenly under his breath,and turned his eyes upon Graham with an unfriendly expression. It was a surge of many voices, rising andfalling, shouting and screaming, and once came a sound like blows and sharp cries, and then a snapping likethe crackling of dry sticks. Graham strained his ears to draw some single thread of sound from the woventumult.

Then he perceived, repeated again and again, a certain formula. For a time he doubted his ears. But surelythese were the words: "Show us the Sleeper! Show us the Sleeper!"

The thickset man rushed suddenly to the archway.

"Wild!" he cried. "How do they know? Do they know? Or is it guessing?"

There was perhaps an answer.

"I can't come," said the thickset man; "I have him to see to. But shout from the balcony."

There was an inaudible reply.

"Say he is not awake. Anything! I leave it to you."

He came hurrying back to Graham. "You must have clothes at once," he said. "You cannot stop here--and it

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 20: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

will be impossible to--"

He rushed away, Graham shouting unanswered questions after him. In a moment he was back.

"I can't tell you what is happening. It is too complex to explain. In a moment you shall have your clothesmade. Yes--in a moment. And then I can take you away from here. You will find out our troubles soonenough."

"But those voices. They were shouting--?"

"Something about the Sleeper--that's you. They have some twisted idea. I don't know what it is. I knownothing."

A shrill bell jetted acutely across the indistinct mingling of remote noises, and this brusque person sprang to alittle group of appliances in the corner of the room. He listened for a moment, regarding a ball of crystal,nodded, and said a few indistinct words; then he walked to the wall through which the two men hadvanished. It rolled up again like a curtain, and he stood waiting.

Graham lifted his arm and was astonished to find what strength the restoratives had given him. He thrustone leg over the side of the couch and then the other. His head no longer swam. He could scarcely credithis rapid recovery. He sat feeling his limbs.

The man with the flaxen beard re-entered from the archway, and as he did so the cage of a lift came slidingdown in front of the thickset man, and a lean, grey-bearded man, carrying a roll, and wearing a tightly-fittingcostume of dark green, appeared therein.

"This is the tailor," said the thickset man with an introductory gesture. "It will never do for you to wear thatblack. I cannot understand how it got here. But I shall. I shall. You will be as rapid as possible?" he said tothe tailor.

The man in green bowed, and, advancing, seated himself by Graham on the bed. His manner was calm, buthis eyes were full of curiosity. "You will find the fashions altered, Sire," he said. He glanced from under hisbrows at the thickset man.

He opened the roller with a quick movement, and a confusion of brilliant fabrics poured out over his knees."You lived, Sire, in a period essentially cylindrical--the Victorian. With a tendency to the hemisphere in hats.Circular curves always. Now--" He flicked out a little appliance the size and appearance of a keyless watch,whirled the knob, and behold--a little figure in white appeared kinetoscope fashion on the dial, walking andturning. The tailor caught up a pattern of bluish white satin. "That is my conception of your immediatetreatment," he said.

The thickset man came and stood by the shoulder of Graham.

"We have very little time," he said.

"Trust me," said the tailor. "My machine follows. What do you think of this?"

"What is that?" asked the man from the nineteenth century.

"In your days they showed you a fashion-plate," said the tailor, "but this is our modern development. Seehere." The little figure repeated its evolutions, but in a different costume. "Or this," and with a click anothersmall figure in a more voluminous type of robe marched on to the dial. The tailor was very quick in hismovements, and glanced twice towards the lift as he did these things.

It rumbled again, and a crop-haired anemic lad with features of the Chinese type, clad in coarse pale blue

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 21: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

canvas, appeared together with a complicated machine, which he pushed noiselessly on little castors into theroom. Incontinently the little kinetoscope was dropped, Graham was invited to stand in front of the machineand the tailor muttered some instructions to the crop-haired lad, who answered in guttural tones and withwords Graham did not recognise. The boy then went to conduct an incomprehensible monologue in thecorner, and the tailor pulled out a number of slotted arms terminating in little discs, pulling them out until thediscs were flat against the body of Graham, one at each shoulder blade, one at the elbows, one at the neckand so forth, so that at last there were, perhaps, two score of them upon his body and limbs. At the sametime, some other person entered the room by the lift, behind Graham. The tailor set moving a mechanismthat initiated a faint-sounding rhythmic movement of parts in the machine, and in another moment he wasknocking up the levers and Graham was released. The tailor replaced his cloak of black, and the man withthe flaxen beard proffered him a little glass of some refreshing fluid. Graham saw over the rim of the glass apale-faced young man regarding him with a singular fixity.

The thickset man had been pacing the room fretfully, and now turned and went through the archwaytowards the balcony, from which the noise of a distant crowd still came in gusts and cadences. The crop-headed lad handed the tailor a roll of the bluish satin and the two began fixing this in the mechanism in amanner reminiscent of a roll of paper in a nineteenth century printing machine. Then they ran the entirething on its easy, noiseless bearings across the room to a remote corner where a twisted cable looped rathergracefully from the wall. They made some connexion and the machine became energetic and swift.

"What is that doing?" asked Graham, pointing with the empty glass to the busy figures and trying to ignorethe scrutiny of the new comer. "Is that--some sort of force--laid on?"

"Yes," said the man with the flaxen beard.

"Who is that?" He indicated the archway behind him.

The man in purple stroked his little beard, hesitated, and answered in an undertone, "He is Howard, yourchief guardian. You see, Sire--it's a little difficult to explain. The Council appoints a guardian and assistants.This hall has under certain restrictions been public. In order that people might satisfy themselves. We havebarred the doorways for the first time. But I think--if you don't mind, I will leave him to explain."

"Odd!" said Graham. "Guardian? Council?" Then turning his back on the new comer, he asked in anundertone, "Why is this man glaring at me? Is he a mesmerist?"

"Mesmerist! He is a capillotomist."

"Capillotomist!"

"Yes--one of the chief. His yearly fee is sixdoz lions."

It sounded sheer nonsense. Graham snatched at the last phrase with an unsteady mind. "Sixdoz lions?" hesaid.

"Didn't you have lions? I suppose not. You had the old pounds? They are our monetary units."

"But what was that you said--sixdoz?"

"Yes. Six dozen, Sire. Of course things, even these little things, have altered. You lived in the days of thedecimal system, the Arab system--tens, and little hundreds and thousands. We have eleven numerals now.We have single figures for both ten and eleven, two figures for a dozen, and a dozen dozen makes a gross, agreat hundred, you know, a dozen gross a dozand, and a dozand dozand a myriad. Very simple?"

"I suppose so," said Graham. "But about this cap--what was it?"

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 22: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

The man with the flaxen beard glanced over his shoulder.

"Here are your clothes!" he said. Graham turned round sharply and saw the tailor standing at his elbowsmiling, and holding some palpably new garments over his arm. The crop-headed boy, by means of oneringer, was impelling the complicated machine towards the lift by which he had arrived. Graham stared atthe completed suit. "You don't mean to say--!"

"Just made," said the tailor. He dropped the garments at the feet of Graham, walked to the bed, on whichGraham had so recently been lying, flung out the translucent mattress, and turned up the looking-glass. Ashe did so a furious bell summoned the thickset man to the corner. The man with the flaxen beard rushedacross to him and then hurried out by the archway.

The tailor was assisting Graham into a dark purple combination garment, stockings, vest, and pants in one, asthe thickset man came back from the corner to meet the man with the flaxen beard returning from thebalcony. They began speaking quickly in an undertone, their bearing had an unmistakable quality of anxiety.Over the purple under-garment came a complex garment of bluish white, and Graham, was clothed in thefashion once more and saw himself, sallow-faced, unshaven and shaggy still, but at least naked no longer,and in some indefinable unprecedented way graceful.

"I must shave," he said regarding himself in the glass.

"In a moment," said Howard.

The persistent stare ceased. The young man closed his eyes, reopened them, and with a lean hand extended,advanced on Graham. Then he stopped, with his hand slowly gesticulating, and looked about him.

"A seat," said Howard impatiently, and in a moment the flaxen-bearded man had a chair behind Graham. "Sitdown, please," said Howard.

Graham hesitated, and in the other hand of the wild-eyed man he saw the glint of steel.

"Don't you understand, Sire?" cried the flaxen-bearded man with hurried politeness. "He is going to cut yourhair."

"Oh!" cried Graham enlightened. "But you called him--"

"A capillotomist--precisely! He is one of the finest artists in the world."

Graham sat down abruptly. The flaxen-bearded man disappeared. The capillotomist came forward,examined Graham's ears and surveyed him, felt the back of his head, and would have sat down again toregard him but for Howard's audible impatience. Forthwith with rapid movements and a succession of deftlyhandled implements he shaved Graham's chin, clipped his moustache, and cut and arranged his hair. All thishe did without a word, with something of the rapt air of a poet inspired. And as soon as he had finishedGraham was handed a pair of shoes.

Suddenly a loud voice shouted--it seemed from a piece of machinery in the corner--"At once--at once. Thepeople know all over the city. Work is being stopped. Work is being stopped. Wait for nothing, but come."

This shout appeared to perturb Howard exceedingly. By his gestures it seemed to Graham that he hesitatedbetween two directions. Abruptly he went towards the corner where the apparatus stood about the littlecrystal ball. As he did so the undertone of tumultuous shouting from the archway that had continued duringall these occurrences rose to a mighty sound, roared as if it were sweeping past, and fell again as if recedingswiftly. It drew Graham after it with an irresistible attraction. He glanced at the thickset man, and thenobeyed his impulse. In two strides he was down the steps and in the passage, and in a score he was outupon the balcony upon which the three men had been standing.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 23: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

CHAPTER VTHE MOVING WAYS

He went to the railings of the balcony and stared upward. An exclamation of surprise at his appearance, andthe movements of a number of people came from the great area below.

His first impression was of overwhelming architecture. The place into which he looked was an aisle ofTitanic buildings, curving spaciously in either direction. Overhead mighty cantilevers sprang together acrossthe huge width of the place, and a tracery of translucent material shut out the sky. Gigantic globes of coolwhite light shamed the pale sunbeams that filtered down through the girders and wires. Here and there agossamer suspension bridge dotted with foot passengers flung across the chasm and the air was webbedwith slender cables. A cliff of edifice hung above him, he perceived as he glanced upward, and the oppositefacade was grey and dim and broken by great archings, circular perforations, balconies, buttresses, turretprojections, myriads of vast windows, and an intricate scheme of architectural relief. Athwart these raninscriptions horizontally and obliquely in an unfamiliar lettering. Here and there close to the roof cables of apeculiar stoutness were fastened, and drooped in a steep curve to circular openings on the opposite side ofthe space, and even as Graham noted these a remote and tiny figure of a man clad in pale blue arrested hisattention. This little figure was far overhead across the space beside the higher fastening of one of thesefestoons, hanging forward from a little ledge of masonry and handling some well-nigh invisible stringsdependent from the line. Then suddenly, with a swoop that sent Graham's heart into his mouth, this man hadrushed down the curve and vanished through a round opening on the hither side of the way. Graham hadbeen looking up as he came out upon the balcony, and the things he saw above and opposed to him had atfirst seized his attention to the exclusion of anything else. Then suddenly he discovered the roadway! It wasnot a roadway at all, as Graham understood such things, for in the nineteenth century the only roads andstreets were beaten tracks of motionless earth, jostling rivulets of vehicles between narrow footways. Butthis roadway was three hundred feet across, and it moved; it moved, all save the middle, the lowest part. Fora moment, the motion dazzled his mind. Then he understood. Under the balcony this extraordinary roadwayran swiftly to Graham's right, an endless flow rushing along as fast as a nineteenth century express train, anendless platform of narrow transverse overlapping slats with little interspaces that permitted it to follow thecurvatures of the street. Upon it were seats, and here and there little kiosks, but they swept by too swiftlyfor him to see what might be therein. From this nearest and swiftest platform a series of others descendedto the centre of the space. Each moved to the right, each perceptibly slower than the one above it, but thedifference in pace was small enough to permit anyone to step from any platform to the one adjacent, and sowalk uninterruptedly from the swiftest to the motionless middle way. Beyond this middle way was anotherseries of endless platforms rushing with varying pace to Graham's left. And seated in crowds upon the twowidest and swiftest platforms, or stepping from one to another down the steps, or swarming over the centralspace, was an innumerable and wonderfully diversified multitude of people.

"You must not stop here," shouted Howard suddenly at his side. "You must come away at once."

Graham made no answer. He heard without hearing. The platforms ran with a roar and the people wereshouting. He perceived women and girls with flowing hair, beautifully robed, with bands crossing betweenthe breasts. These first came out of the confusion. Then he perceived that the dominant note in thatkaleidoscope of costume was the pale blue that the tailor's boy had worn. He became aware of cries of"The Sleeper. What has happened to the Sleeper?" and it seemed as though the rushing platforms beforehim were suddenly spattered with the pale buff of human faces, and then still more thickly. He saw pointingfingers. He perceived that the motionless central area of this huge arcade just opposite to the balcony was

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 24: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

densely crowded with blue-clad people. Some sort of struggle had sprung into life. People seemed to bepushed up the running platforms on either side, and carried away against their will. They would spring off sosoon as they were beyond the thick of the confusion, and run back towards the conflict.

"It is the Sleeper. Verily it is the Sleeper," shouted voices. "That is never the Sleeper," shouted others. Moreand more faces were turned to him. At the intervals along this central area Graham noted openings, pits,apparently the heads of staircases going down with people ascending out of them and descending into them.The struggle it seemed centred about the one of these nearest to him. People were running down themoving platforms to this, leaping dexterously from platform to platform. The clustering people on the higherplatforms seemed to divide their interest between this point and the balcony. A number of sturdy little figuresclad in a uniform of bright red, and working methodically together, were employed it seemed in preventingaccess to this descending staircase. About them a crowd was rapidly accumulating. Their brilliant colourcontrasted vividly with the whitish-blue of their antagonists, for the struggle was indisputable.

He saw these things with Howard shouting in his ear and shaking his arm.And then suddenly Howard was gone and he stood alone.

He perceived that the cries of "The Sleeper!" grew in volume, and that the people on the nearer platformwere standing up. The nearer platform he perceived was empty to the right of him, and far across the spacethe platform running in the opposite direction was coming crowded and passing away bare. With incredibleswiftness a vast crowd had gathered in the central space before his eyes; a dense swaying mass of people,and the shouts grew from a fitful crying to a voluminous incessant clamour: "The Sleeper! The Sleeper!" andyells and cheers, a waving of garments and cries of "Stop the Ways!" They were also crying another namestrange to Graham. It sounded like "Ostrog." The slower platforms were soon thick with active people,running against the movement so as to keep themselves opposite to him.

"Stop the Ways," they cried. Agile figures ran up from the centre to the swift road nearest to him, wereborne rapidly past him, shouting strange, unintelligible things, and ran back obliquely to the central way. Onething he distinguished: "It is indeed the Sleeper. It is indeed the Sleeper," they testified.

For a space Graham stood motionless. Then he became vividly aware that all this concerned him. He waspleased at his wonderful popularity, he bowed, and, seeking a gesture of longer range, waved his arm. Hewas astonished at the violence of uproar that this provoked. The tumult about the descending stairway roseto furious violence. He became aware of crowded balconies, of men sliding along ropes, of men in trapeze-like seats hurling athwart the space. He heard voices behind him, a number of people descending the stepsthrough the archway; he suddenly perceived that his guardian Howard was back again and gripping his armpainfully, and shouting inaudibly in his ear.

He turned, and Howard's face was white. "Come back," he heard. "They will stop the ways. The whole citywill be in confusion."

He perceived a number of men hurrying along the passage of blue pillars behind Howard, the red-hairedman, the man with the flaxen beard, a tall man in vivid vermilion, a crowd of others in red carrying staves,and all these people had anxious eager faces.

"Get him away," cried Howard.

"But why?" said Graham. "I don't see--"

"You must come away!" said the man in red in a resolute voice. His face and eyes were resolute, too.Graham's glances went from face to face, and he was suddenly aware of that most disagreeable flavour inlife, compulsion. Someone gripped his arm....

He was being dragged away. It seemed as though the tumult suddenly became two, as if half the shouts that

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 25: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

had come in from this wonderful roadway had sprung into the passages of the great building behind him.Marvelling and confused, feeling an impotent desire to resist, Graham was half led, half thrust, along thepassage of blue pillars, and suddenly he found himself alone with Howard in a lift and moving swiftlyupward.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 26: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

CHAPTER VITHE HALL OF THE ATLAS

From the moment when the tailor had bowed his farewell to the moment when Graham found himself in thelift, was altogether barely five minutes. As yet the haze of his vast interval of sleep hung about him, as yetthe initial strangeness of his being alive at all in this remote age touched everything with wonder, with asense of the irrational, with something of the quality of a realistic dream. He was still detached, anastonished spectator, still but half involved in life. What he had seen, and especially the last crowded tumult,framed in the setting of the balcony, had a spectacular turn, like a thing witnessed from the box of a theatre."I don't understand," he said. "What was the trouble? My mind is in a whirl. Why were they shouting? Whatis the danger?"

"We have our troubles," said Howard. His eyes avoided Graham's enquiry. "This is a time of unrest. And, infact, your appearance, your waking just now, has a sort of connexion--"

He spoke jerkily, like a man not quite sure of his breathing. He stopped abruptly.

"I don't understand," said Graham.

"It will be clearer later," said Howard.

He glanced uneasily upward, as though he found the progress of the lift slow.

"I shall understand better, no doubt, when I have seen my way about a little," said Graham puzzled. "It willbe--it is bound to be perplexing. At present it is all so strange. Anything seems possible. Anything. In thedetails even. Your counting, I understand, is different."

The lift stopped, and they stepped out into a narrow but very long passage between high walls, along whichran an extraordinary number of tubes and big cables.

"What a huge place this is!" said Graham. "Is it all one building? What place is it?"

"This is one of the city ways for various public services. Light and so forth."

"Was it a social trouble--that--in the great roadway place? How are you governed? Have you still a police?"

"Several," said Howard.

"Several?"

"About fourteen."

"I don't understand."

"Very probably not. Our social order will probably seem very complex to you. To tell you the truth, I don'tunderstand it myself very clearly. Nobody does. You will, perhaps--bye and bye. We have to go to theCouncil."

Graham's attention was divided between the urgent necessity of his inquiries and the people in the passages

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 27: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

and halls they were traversing. For a moment his mind would be concentrated upon Howard and the haltinganswers he made, and then he would lose the thread in response to some vivid unexpected impression.Along the passages, in the halls, half the people seemed to be men in the red uniform. The pale blue canvasthat had been so abundant in the aisle of moving ways did not appear. Invariably these men looked at him,and saluted him and Howard as they passed.

He had a clear vision of entering a long corridor, and there were a number of girls sitting on low seats, asthough in a class. He saw no teacher, but only a novel apparatus from which he fancied a voice proceeded.The girls regarded him and his conductor, he thought, with curiosity and astonishment. But he was hurried onbefore he could form a clear idea of the gathering. He judged they knew Howard and not himself, and thatthey wondered who he was. This Howard, it seemed, was a person of importance. But then he was alsomerely Graham's guardian. That was odd.

There came a passage in twilight, and into this passage a footway hung so that he could see the feet andankles of people going to and fro thereon, but no more of them. Then vague impressions of galleries and ofcasual astonished passers-by turning round to stare after the two of them with their red-clad guard.

The stimulus of the restoratives he had taken was only temporary. He was speedily fatigued by thisexcessive haste. He asked Howard to slacken his speed. Presently he was in a lift that had a window uponthe great street space, but this was glazed and did not open, and they were too high for him to see themoving platforms below. But he saw people going to and fro along cables and along strange, frail-lookingbridges.

Thence they passed across the street and at a vast height above it. They crossed by means of a narrowbridge closed in with glass, so clear that it made him giddy even to remember it. The floor of it also was ofglass. From his memory of the cliffs between New Quay and Boscastle, so remote in time, and so recent inhis experience, it seemed to him that they must be near four hundred feet above the moving ways. Hestopped, looked down between his legs upon the swarming blue and red multitudes, minute andforeshortened, struggling and gesticulating still towards the little balcony far below, a little toy balcony, itseemed, where he had so recently been standing. A thin haze and the glare of the mighty globes of lightobscured everything. A man seated in a little openwork cradle shot by from some point still higher than thelittle narrow bridge, rushing down a cable as swiftly almost as if he were falling. Graham stoppedinvoluntarily to watch this strange passenger vanish below, and then his eyes went back to the tumultuousstruggle.

Along one of the faster ways rushed a thick crowd of red spots. This broke up into individuals as itapproached the balcony, and went pouring down the slower ways towards the dense struggling crowd on thecentral area. These men in red appeared to be armed with sticks or truncheons; they seemed to be strikingand thrusting. A great shouting, cries of wrath, screaming, burst out and came up to Graham, faint and thin."Go on," cried Howard, laying hands on him.

Another man rushed down a cable. Graham suddenly glanced up to see whence he came, and beheldthrough the glassy roof and the network of cables and girders, dim rhythmically passing forms like the vanesof windmills, and between them glimpses of a remote and pallid sky. Then Howard had thrust him forwardacross the bridge, and he was in a little narrow passage decorated with geometrical patterns.

"I want to see more of that," cried Graham, resisting.

"No, no," cried Howard, still gripping his arm. "This way. You must go this way." And the men in redfollowing them seemed ready to enforce his orders.

Some negroes in a curious wasp-like uniform of black and yellow appeared down the passage, and onehastened to throw up a sliding shutter that had seemed a door to Graham, and led the way through it.Graham found himself in a gallery overhanging the end of a great chamber. The attendant in black and

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 28: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

yellow crossed this, thrust up a second shutter and stood waiting.

This place had the appearance of an ante-room. He saw a number of people in the central space, and at theopposite end a large and imposing doorway at the top of a flight of steps, heavily curtained but giving aglimpse of some still larger hall beyond. He perceived white men in red and other negroes in black andyellow standing stiffly about those portals.

As they crossed the gallery he heard a whisper from below, "The Sleeper," and was aware of a turning ofheads, a hum of observation. They entered another little passage in the wall of this ante-chamber, and thenhe found himself on an iron-railed gallery of metal that passed round the side of the great hall he had alreadyseen through the curtains. He entered the place at the corner, so that he received the fullest impression of itshuge proportions. The black in the wasp uniform stood aside like a well-trained servant, and closed the valvebehind him.

Compared with any of the places Graham had seen thus far, this second hall appeared to be decorated withextreme richness. On a pedestal at the remoter end, and more brilliantly lit than any other object, was agigantic white figure of Atlas, strong and strenuous, the globe upon his bowed shoulders. It was the firstthing to strike his attention, it was so vast, so patiently and painfully real, so white and simple. Save for thisfigure and for a dais in the centre, the wide floor of the place was a shining vacancy. The dais was remotein the greatness of the area; it would have looked a mere slab of metal had it not been for the group ofseven men who stood about a table on it, and gave an inkling of its proportions. They were all dressed inwhite robes, they seemed to have arisen that moment from their seats, and they were regarding Grahamsteadfastly. At the end of the table he perceived the glitter of some mechanical appliances.

Howard led him along the end gallery until they were opposite this mighty labouring figure. Then he stopped.The two men in red who had followed them into the gallery came and stood on either hand of Graham.

"You must remain here," murmured Howard, "for a few moments," and, without waiting for a reply, hurriedaway along the gallery.

"But, why--?" began Graham.

He moved as if to follow Howard, and found his path obstructed by one of the men in red. "You have towait here, Sire," said the man in red.

"Why?"

"Orders, Sire."

"Whose orders?"

"Our orders, Sire."

Graham looked his exasperation.

"What place is this?" he said presently. "Who are those men?"

"They are the lords of the Council, Sire."

"What Council?"

"The Council."

"Oh!" said Graham, and after an equally ineffectual attempt at the other man, went to the railing and staredat the distant men in white, who stood watching him and whispering together.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 29: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

The Council? He perceived there were now eight, though how the newcomer had arrived he had notobserved. They made no gestures of greeting; they stood regarding him as in the nineteenth century a groupof men might have stood in the street regarding a distant balloon that had suddenly floated into view. Whatcouncil could it be that gathered there, that little body of men beneath the significant white Atlas, secludedfrom every eavesdropper in this impressive spaciousness? And why should he be brought to them, and belooked at strangely and spoken of inaudibly? Howard appeared beneath, walking quickly across the polishedfloor towards them. As he drew near he bowed and performed certain peculiar movements, apparently of aceremonious nature. Then he ascended the steps of the dais, and stood by the apparatus at the end of thetable.

Graham watched that visible inaudible conversation. Occasionally, one of the white-robed men would glancetowards him. He strained his ears in vain. The gesticulation of two of the speakers became animated. Heglanced from them to the passive faces of his attendants.... When he looked again Howard was extendinghis hands and moving his head like a man who protests. He was interrupted, it seemed, by one of the white-robed men rapping the table.

The conversation lasted an interminable time to Graham's sense. His eyes rose to the still giant at whosefeet the Council sat. Thence they wandered to the walls of the hall. It was decorated in long painted panelsof a quasi-Japanese type, many of them very beautiful. These panels were grouped in a great and elaborateframing of dark metal, which passed into the metallic caryatidae of the galleries, and the great structurallines of the interior. The facile grace of these panels enhanced the mighty white effort that laboured in thecentre of the scheme. Graham's eyes came back to the Council, and Howard was descending the steps. Ashe drew nearer his features could be distinguished, and Graham saw that he was flushed and blowing out hischeeks. His countenance was still disturbed when presently he reappeared along the gallery.

"This way," he said concisely, and they went on in silence to a little door that opened at their approach. Thetwo men in red stopped on either side of this door. Howard and Graham passed in, and Graham, glancingback, saw the white-robed Council still standing in a close group and looking at him. Then the door closedbehind him with a heavy thud, and for the first time since his awakening he was in silence. The floor, even,was noiseless to his feet.

Howard opened another door, and they were in the first of two contiguous chambers furnished in white andgreen. "What Council was that?" began Graham. "What were they discussing? What have they to do withme?" Howard closed the door carefully, heaved a huge sigh, and said something in an undertone. He walkedslantingways across the room and turned, blowing out his cheeks again. "Ugh!" he grunted, a man relieved.

Graham stood regarding him.

"You must understand," began Howard abruptly, avoiding Graham's eyes, "that our social order is verycomplex. A half explanation, a bare unqualified statement would give you false impressions. As a matter offact--it is a case of compound interest partly--your small fortune, and the fortune of your cousin Warmingwhich was left to you--and certain other beginnings--have become very considerable. And in other waysthat will be hard for you to understand, you have become a person of significance--of very considerablesignificance--involved in the world's affairs."

He stopped.

"Yes?" said Graham.

"We have grave social troubles."

"Yes?"

"Things have come to such a pass that, in fact, it is advisable to seclude you here."

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 30: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

"Keep me prisoner!" exclaimed Graham.

"Well--to ask you to keep in seclusion."

Graham turned on him. "This is strange!" he said.

"No harm will be done you."

"No harm!"

"But you must be kept here--"

"While I learn my position, I presume."

"Precisely."

"Very well then. Begin. Why harm?"

"Not now."

"Why not?"

"It is too long a story, Sire."

"All the more reason I should begin at once. You say I am a person of importance. What was that shouting Iheard? Why is a great multitude shouting and excited because my trance is over, and who are the men inwhite in that huge council chamber?"

"All in good time, Sire," said Howard. "But not crudely, not crudely. This is one of those flimsy times whenno man has a settled mind. Your awakening--no one expected your awakening. The Council is consulting."

"What council?"

"The Council you saw."

Graham made a petulant movement. "This is not right," he said. "I should be told what is happening."

"You must wait. Really you must wait."

Graham sat down abruptly. "I suppose since I have waited so long to resume life," he said, "that I must waita little longer."

"That is better," said Howard. "Yes, that is much better. And I must leave you alone. For a space. While Iattend the discussion in the Council.... I am sorry."

He went towards the noiseless door, hesitated and vanished.

Graham walked to the door, tried it, found it securely fastened in some way he never came to understand,turned about, paced the room restlessly, made the circuit of the room, and sat down. He remained sitting forsome time with folded arms and knitted brow, biting his finger nails and trying to piece together thekaleidoscopic impressions of this first hour of awakened life; the vast mechanical spaces, the endless seriesof chambers and passages, the great struggle that roared and splashed through these strange ways, the littlegroup of remote unsympathetic men beneath the colossal Atlas, Howard's mysterious behaviour. There wasan inkling of some vast inheritance already in his mind--a vast inheritance perhaps misapplied--of someunprecedented importance and opportunity. What had he to do? And this room's secluded silence waseloquent of imprisonment!

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 31: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

It came into Graham's mind with irresistible conviction that this series of magnificent impressions was adream. He tried to shut his eyes and succeeded, but that time-honoured device led to no awakening.

Presently he began to touch and examine all the unfamiliar appointments of the two small rooms in which hefound himself.

In a long oval panel of mirror he saw himself and stopped astonished. He was clad in a graceful costume ofpurple and bluish white, with a little greyshot beard trimmed to a point, and his hair, its blackness streakednow with bands of grey, arranged over his forehead in an unfamiliar but pleasing manner. He seemed a manof five-and-forty perhaps. For a moment he did not perceive this was himself.

A flash of laughter came with the recognition. "To call on old Warming like this!" he exclaimed, "and makehim take me out to lunch!"

Then he thought of meeting first one and then another of the few familiar acquaintances of his earlymanhood, and in the midst of his amusement realised that every soul with whom he might jest had died manyscore of years ago. The thought smote him abruptly and keenly; he stopped short, the expression of his facechanged to a white consternation.

The tumultuous memory of the moving platforms and the huge facade of that wonderful street reasserteditself. The shouting multitudes came back clear and vivid, and those remote, inaudible, unfriendly councillorsin white. He felt himself a little figure, very small and ineffectual, pitifully conspicuous. And all about him,the world was--strange.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 32: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

CHAPTER VIIIN THE SILENT ROOMS

Presently Graham resumed his examination of his apartments. Curiosity kept him moving in spite of hisfatigue. The inner room, he perceived, was high, and its ceiling dome shaped, with an oblong aperture in thecentre, opening into a funnel in which a wheel of broad vanes seemed to be rotating, apparently driving theair up the shaft. The faint humming note of its easy motion was the only clear sound in that quiet place. Asthese vanes sprang up one after the other, Graham could get transient glimpses of the sky. He was surprisedto see a star.

This drew his attention to the fact that the bright lighting of these rooms was due to a multitude of very faintglow lamps set about the cornices. There were no windows. And he began to recall that along all the vastchambers and passages he had traversed with Howard he had observed no windows at all. Had there beenwindows? There were windows on the street indeed, but were they for light? Or was the whole city lit dayand night for evermore, so that there was no night there?

And another thing dawned upon him. There was no fireplace in either room. Was the season summer, andwere these merely summer apartments, or was the whole city uniformly heated or cooled? He becameinterested in these questions, began examining the smooth texture of the walls, the simply constructed bed,the ingenious arrangements by which the labour of bedroom service was practically abolished. And overeverything was a curious absence of deliberate ornament, a bare grace of form and colour, that he foundvery pleasing to the eye. There were several very comfortable chairs, a light table on silent runners carryingseveral bottles of fluids and glasses, and two plates bearing a clear substance like jelly. Then he noticedthere were no books, no newspapers, no writing materials. "The world has changed indeed," he said.

He observed one entire side of the outer room was set with rows of peculiar double cylinders inscribed withgreen lettering on white that harmonized with the decorative scheme of the room, and in the centre of thisside projected a little apparatus about a yard square and having a white smooth face to the room. A chairfaced this. He had a transitory idea that these cylinders might be books, or a modern substitute for books,but at first it did not seem so.

The lettering on the cylinders puzzled him. At first sight it seemed like Russian. Then he noticed asuggestion of mutilated English about certain of the words.

"Thi Man huwdbi Kin" forced itself on him as "The Man who would be King."

"Phonetic spelling," he said. He remembered reading a story with that title, then he recalled the story vividly,one of the best stories in the world. But this thing before him was not a book as he understood it. He puzzledout the titles of two adjacent cylinders. "The Heart of Darkness" he had never heard of before nor "TheMadonna of the Future"--no doubt if they were indeed stories, they were by post-Victorian authors.

He puzzled over this peculiar cylinder for some time and replaced it. Then he turned to the square apparatusand examined that. He opened a sort of lid and found one of the double cylinders within, and on the upperedge a little stud like the stud of an electric bell. He pressed this and a rapid clicking began and ceased. Hebecame aware of voices and music, and noticed a play of colour on the smooth front face. He suddenlyrealised what this might be, and stepped back to regard it.

On the flat surface was now a little picture, very vividly coloured, and in this picture were figures that

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 33: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

moved. Not only did they move, but they were conversing in clear small voices. It was exactly like realityviewed through an inverted opera glass and heard through a long tube. His interest was seized at once bythe situation, which presented a man pacing up and down and vociferating angry things to a pretty butpetulant woman. Both were in the picturesque costume that seemed so strange to Graham. "I have worked,"said the man, "but what have you been doing?"

"Ah!" said Graham. He forgot everything else, and sat down in the chair. Within five minutes he heardhimself, named, heard "when the Sleeper wakes," used jestingly as a proverb for remote postponement, andpassed himself by, a thing remote and incredible. But in a little while he knew those two people like intimatefriends.

At last the miniature drama came to an end, and the square face of the apparatus was blank again.

It was a strange world into which he had been permitted to see, unscrupulous, pleasure seeking, energetic,subtle, a world too of dire economic struggle; there were allusions he did not understand, incidents thatconveyed strange suggestions of altered moral ideals, flashes of dubious enlightenment. The blue canvasthat bulked so largely in his first impression of the city ways appeared again and again as the costume of thecommon people. He had no doubt the story was contemporary, and its intense realism was undeniable. Andthe end had been a tragedy that oppressed him. He sat staring at the blankness.

He started and rubbed his eyes. He had been so absorbed in the latter-day substitute for a novel, that heawoke to the little green and white room with more than a touch of the surprise of his first awakening.

He stood up, and abruptly he was back in his own wonderland. The clearness of the kinetoscope dramapassed, and the struggle in the vast place of streets, the ambiguous Council, the swift phases of his wakinghour, came back. These people had spoken of the Council with suggestions of a vague universality of power.And they had spoken of the Sleeper; it had not really struck him vividly at the time that he was the Sleeper.He had to recall precisely what they had said....

He walked into the bedroom and peered up through the quick intervals of the revolving fan. As the fanswept round, a dim turmoil like the noise of machinery came in rhythmic eddies. All else was silence.Though the perpetual day still irradiated his apartments, he perceived the little intermittent strip of sky wasnow deep blue--black almost, with a dust of little stars....

He resumed his examination of the rooms. He could find no way of opening the padded door, no bell norother means of calling for attendance. His feeling of wonder was in abeyance; but he was curious, anxiousfor information. He wanted to know exactly how he stood to these new things. He tried to compose himselfto wait until someone came to him. Presently he became restless and eager for information, for distraction,for fresh sensations.

He went back to the apparatus in the other room, and had soon puzzled out the method of replacing thecylinders by others. As he did so, it came into his mind that it must be these little appliances had fixed thelanguage so that it was still clear and understandable after two hundred years. The haphazard cylinders hesubstituted displayed a musical fantasia. At first it was beautiful, and then it was sensuous. He presentlyrecognised what appeared to him to be an altered version of the story of Tannhauser. The music wasunfamiliar. But the rendering was realistic, and with a contemporary unfamiliarity. Tannhauser did not go toa Venusberg, but to a Pleasure City. What was a Pleasure City? A dream, surely, the fancy of a fantastic,voluptuous writer.

He became interested, curious. The story developed with a flavour of strangely twisted sentimentality.Suddenly he did not like it. He liked it less as it proceeded.

He had a revulsion of feeling. These were no pictures, no idealisations, but photographed realities. Hewanted no more of the twenty-second century Venusberg. He forgot the part played by the model in

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 34: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

nineteenth century art, and gave way to an archaic indignation. He rose, angry and half ashamed at himselffor witnessing this thing even in solitude. He pulled forward the apparatus, and with some violence soughtfor a means of stopping its action. Something snapped. A violet spark stung and convulsed his arm and thething was still. When he attempted next day to replace these Tannhauser cylinders by another pair, he foundthe apparatus broken....

He struck out a path oblique to the room and paced to and fro, struggling with intolerable vast impressions.The things he had derived from the cylinders and the things he had seen, conflicted, confused him. Itseemed to him the most amazing thing of all that in his thirty years of life he had never tried to shape apicture of these coming times. "We were making the future," he said, "and hardly any of us troubled to thinkwhat future we were making. And here it is!"

"What have they got to, what has been done? How do I come into the midst of it all?" The vastness of streetand house he was prepared for, the multitudes of people. But conflicts in the city ways! And thesystematised sensuality of a class of rich men!

He thought of Bellamy, the hero of whose Socialistic Utopia had so oddly anticipated this actual experience.But here was no Utopia, no Socialistic state. He had already seen enough to realise that the ancientantithesis of luxury, waste and sensuality on the one hand and abject poverty on the other, still prevailed. Heknew enough of the essential factors of life to understand that correlation. And not only were the buildingsof the city gigantic and the crowds in the street gigantic, but the voices he had heard in the ways, theuneasiness of Howard, the very atmosphere spoke of gigantic discontent. What country was he in? StillEngland it seemed, and yet strangely "un-English." His mind glanced at the rest of the world, and saw onlyan enigmatical veil.

He prowled about his apartment, examining everything as a caged animal might do. He was very tired, withthat feverish exhaustion that does not admit of rest. He listened for long spaces under the ventilator to catchsome distant echo of the tumults he felt must be proceeding in the city.

He began to talk to himself. "Two hundred and three years!" he said to himself over and over again, laughingstupidly. "Then I am two hundred and thirty-three years old! The oldest inhabitant. Surely they haven'treversed the tendency of our time and gone back to the rule of the oldest. My claims are indisputable.Mumble, mumble. I remember the Bulgarian atrocities as though it was yesterday. 'Tis a great age! Ha ha!"He was surprised at first to hear himself laughing, and then laughed again deliberately and louder. Then herealised that he was behaving foolishly. "Steady," he said. "Steady!"

His pacing became more regular. "This new world," he said. "I don't understand it. Why? ... But it is allwhy!"

"I suppose they can fly and do all sorts of things. Let me try and remember just how it began."

He was surprised at first to find how vague the memories of his first thirty years had become. Heremembered fragments, for the most part trivial moments, things of no great importance that he hadobserved. His boyhood seemed the most accessible at first, he recalled school books and certain lessons inmensuration. Then he revived the more salient features of his life, memories of the wife long since dead, hermagic influence now gone beyond corruption, of his rivals and friends and betrayers, of the decision of thisissue and that, and then of his last years of misery, of fluctuating resolves, and at last of his strenuousstudies. In a little while he perceived he had it all again; dim perhaps, like metal long laid aside, but in no waydefective or injured, capable of re-polishing. And the hue of it was a deepening misery. Was it worth re-polishing? By a miracle he had been lifted out of a life that had become intolerable....

He reverted to his present condition. He wrestled with the facts in vain. It became an inextricable tangle.He saw the sky through the ventilator pink with dawn. An old persuasion came out of the dark recesses ofhis memory. "I must sleep," he said. It appeared as a delightful relief from this mental distress and from the

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 35: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

growing pain and heaviness of his limbs. He went to the strange little bed, lay down and was presentlyasleep....

He was destined to become very familiar indeed with these apartments before he left them, for he remainedimprisoned for three days. During that time no one, except Howard, entered the rooms. The marvel of hisfate mingled with and in some way minimised the marvel of his survival. He had awakened to mankind itseemed only to be snatched away into this unaccountable solitude. Howard came regularly with subtlysustaining and nutritive fluids, and light and pleasant foods, quite strange to Graham. He always closed thedoor carefully as he entered. On matters of detail he was increasingly obliging, but the bearing of Grahamon the great issues that were evidently being contested so closely beyond the sound-proof walls thatenclosed him, he would not elucidate. He evaded, as politely as possible, every question on the position ofaffairs in the outer world.

And in those three days Graham's incessant thoughts went far and wide. All that he had seen, all thiselaborate contrivance to prevent him seeing, worked together in his mind. Almost every possibleinterpretation of his position he debated--even as it chanced, the right interpretation. Things that presentlyhappened to him, came to him at last credible, by virtue of this seclusion. When at length the moment of hisrelease arrived, it found him prepared....

Howard's bearing went far to deepen Graham's impression of his own strange importance; the doorbetween its opening and closing seemed to admit with him a breath of momentous happening. His enquiriesbecame more definite and searching. Howard retreated through protests and difficulties. The awakeningwas unforeseen, he repeated; it happened to have fallen in with the trend of a social convulsion. "To explainit I must tell you the history of a gross and a half of years," protested Howard.

"The thing is this," said Graham. "You are afraid of something I shall do. In some way I am arbitrator--Imight be arbitrator."

"It is not that. But you have--I may tell you this much--the automatic increase of your property puts greatpossibilities of interference in your hands. And in certain other ways you have influence, with youreighteenth century notions."

"Nineteenth century," corrected Graham.

"With your old world notions, anyhow, ignorant as you are of every feature of our State."

"Am I a fool?"

"Certainly not."

"Do I seem to be the sort of man who would act rashly?"

"You were never expected to act at all. No one counted on your awakening. No one dreamt you would everawake. The Council had surrounded you with antiseptic conditions. As a matter of fact, we thought that youwere dead--a mere arrest of decay. And--but it is too complex. We dare not suddenly---while you are stillhalf awake."

"It won't do," said Graham. "Suppose it is as you say--why am I not being crammed night and day with factsand warnings and all the wisdom of the time to fit me for my responsibilities? Am I any wiser now than twodays ago, if it is two days, when I awoke?"

Howard pulled his lip.

"I am beginning to feel--every hour I feel more clearly--a system of concealment of which you are the face.Is this Council, or committee, or whatever they are, cooking the accounts of my estate? Is that it?"

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 36: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

"That note of suspicion--" said Howard.

"Ugh!" said Graham. "Now, mark my words, it will be ill for those who have put me here. It will be ill. I amalive. Make no doubt of it, I am alive. Every day my pulse is stronger and my mind clearer and morevigorous. No more quiescence. I am a man come back to life. And I want to live--"

"Live!"

Howard's face lit with an idea. He came towards Graham and spoke in an easy confidential tone.

"The Council secludes you here for your good. You are restless.Naturally--an energetic man! You find it dull here. But we are anxiousthat everything you may desire--every desire--every sort of desire ...There may be something. Is there any sort of company?"

He paused meaningly.

"Yes," said Graham thoughtfully. "There is."

"Ah! Now! We have treated you neglectfully."

"The crowds in yonder streets of yours."

"That," said Howard, "I am afraid--But--"

Graham began pacing the room. Howard stood near the door watching him. The implication of Howard'ssuggestion was only half evident to Graham. Company? Suppose he were to accept the proposal, demandsome sort of company? Would there be any possibilities of gathering from the conversation of this additionalperson some vague inkling of the struggle that had broken out so vividly at his waking moment? Hemeditated again, and the suggestion took colour. He turned on Howard abruptly.

"What do you mean by company?"

Howard raised his eyes and shrugged his shoulders. "Human beings," he said, with a curious smile on hisheavy face. "Our social ideas," he said, "have a certain increased liberality, perhaps, in comparison with yourtimes. If a man wishes to relieve such a tedium as this--by feminine society, for instance. We think it noscandal. We have cleared our minds of formulae. There is in our city a class, a necessary class, no longerdespised--discreet--"

Graham stopped dead.

"It would pass the time," said Howard. "It is a thing I should perhaps have thought of before, but, as a matterof fact, so much is happening--"

He indicated the exterior world.

Graham hesitated. For a moment the figure of a possible woman dominated his mind with an intenseattraction. Then he flashed into anger.

"No!" he shouted.

He began striding rapidly up and down the room. "Everything you say, everything you do, convinces me--ofsome great issue in which I am concerned. I do not want to pass the time, as you call it. Yes, I know. Desireand indulgence are life in a sense--and Death! Extinction! In my life before I slept I had worked out thatpitiful question. I will not begin again. There is a city, a multitude--. And meanwhile I am here like a rabbit ina bag."

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 37: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

His rage surged high. He choked for a moment and began to wave his clenched fists. He gave way to ananger fit, he swore archaic curses. His gestures had the quality of physical threats.

"I do not know who your party may be. I am in the dark, and you keep me in the dark. But I know this, thatI am secluded here for no good purpose. For no good purpose. I warn you, I warn you of the consequences.Once I come at my power--"

He realised that to threaten thus might be a danger to himself. He stopped. Howard stood regarding himwith a curious expression.

"I take it this is a message to the Council," said Howard.

Graham had a momentary impulse to leap upon the man, fell or stun him. It must have shown upon his face;at any rate Howard's movement was quick. In a second the noiseless door had closed again, and the manfrom the nineteenth century was alone.

For a moment he stood rigid, with clenched hands half raised. Then he flung them down. "What a fool Ihave been!" he said, and gave way to his anger again, stamping about the room and shouting curses.... For along time he kept himself in a sort of frenzy, raging at his position, at his own folly, at the knaves who hadimprisoned him. He did this because he did not want to look calmly at his position. He clung to his anger--because he was afraid of fear.

Presently he found himself reasoning with himself. This imprisonment was unaccountable, but no doubt thelegal forms--new legal forms--of the time permitted it. It must, of course, be legal. These people were twohundred years further on in the march of civilisation than the Victorian generation. It was not likely theywould be less--humane. Yet they had cleared their minds of formulae! Was humanity a formula as well aschastity?

His imagination set to work to suggest things that might be done to him. The attempts of his reason todispose of these suggestions, though for the most part logically valid, were quite unavailing. "Why shouldanything be done to me?"

"If the worst comes to the worst," he found himself saying at last, "I can give up what they want. But whatdo they want? And why don't they ask me for it instead of cooping me up?"

He returned to his former preoccupation with the Council's possible intentions. He began to reconsider thedetails of Howard's behaviour, sinister glances, inexplicable hesitations. Then, for a time, his mind circledabout the idea of escaping from these rooms; but whither could he escape into this vast, crowded world? Hewould be worse off than a Saxon yeoman suddenly dropped into nineteenth century London. And besides,how could anyone escape from these rooms?

"How can it benefit anyone if harm should happen to me?"

He thought of the tumult, the great social trouble of which he was so unaccountably the axis. A text,irrelevant enough, and yet curiously insistent, came floating up out of the darkness of his memory. This alsoa Council had said:

"It is expedient for us that one man should die for the people."

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 38: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

CHAPTER VIIITHE ROOF SPACES

As the fans in the circular aperture of the inner room rotated and permitted glimpses of the night, dimsounds drifted in thereby. And Graham, standing underneath, was startled by the sound of a voice.

He peered up and saw in the intervals of the rotation, dark and dim, the face and shoulders of a manregarding him. Then a dark hand was extended, the swift vane struck it, swung round and beat on with alittle brownish patch on the edge of its thin blade, and something began to fall therefrom upon the floor,dripping silently.

Graham looked down, and there were spots of blood at his feet. He looked up again in a strange excitement.The figure had gone.

He remained motionless--his every sense intent upon the flickering patch of darkness. He became aware ofsome faint, remote, dark specks floating lightly through the outer air. They came down towards him, fitfully,eddyingly, and passed aside out of the uprush from the fan. A gleam of light flickered, the specks flashedwhite, and then the darkness came again. Warmed and lit as he was, he perceived that it was snowingwithin a few feet of him.

Graham walked across the room and came back to the ventilator again. He saw the head of a man passnear. There was a sound of whispering. Then a smart blow on some metallic substance, effort, voices, andthe vanes stopped. A gust of snowflakes whirled into the room, and vanished before they touched the floor."Don't be afraid," said a voice.

Graham stood under the vane. "Who are you?" he whispered.

For a moment there was nothing but a swaying of the fan, and then the head of a man was thrust cautiouslyinto the opening. His face appeared nearly inverted to Graham; his dark hair was wet with dissolving flakesof snow upon it. His arm went up into the darkness holding something unseen. He had a youthful face andbright eyes, and the veins of his forehead were swollen. He seemed to be exerting himself to maintain hisposition.

For several seconds neither he nor Graham spoke.

"You were the Sleeper?" said the stranger at last.

"Yes," said Graham. "What do you want with me?"

"I come from Ostrog, Sire."

"Ostrog?"

The man in the ventilator twisted his head round so that his profile was towards Graham. He appeared to belistening. Suddenly there was a hasty exclamation, and the intruder sprang back just in time to escape thesweep of the released fan. And when Graham peered up there was nothing visible but the slowly fallingsnow.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 39: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

It was perhaps a quarter of an hour before anything returned to the ventilator. But at last came the samemetallic interference again; the fans stopped and the face reappeared. Graham had remained all this time inthe same place, alert and tremulously excited.

"Who are you? What do you want?" he said.

"We want to speak to you, Sire," said the intruder. "We want--I can't hold the thing. We have been trying tofind a way to you--these three days."

"Is it rescue?" whispered Graham. "Escape?"

"Yes, Sire. If you will."

"You are my party--the party of the Sleeper?"

"Yes, Sire."

"What am I to do?" said Graham.

There was a struggle. The stranger's arm appeared, and his hand was bleeding. His knees came into viewover the edge of the funnel. "Stand away from me," he said, and he dropped rather heavily on his hands andone shoulder at Graham's feet. The released ventilator whirled noisily. The stranger rolled over, sprang upnimbly and stood panting, hand to a bruised shoulder, and with his bright eyes on Graham.

"You are indeed the Sleeper," he said. "I saw you asleep. When it was the law that anyone might see you."

"I am the man who was in the trance," said Graham. "They have imprisoned me here. I have been heresince I awoke--at least three days."

The intruder seemed about to speak, heard something, glanced swiftly at the door, and suddenly left Grahamand ran towards it, shouting quick incoherent words. A bright wedge of steel flashed in his hand, and hebegan tap, tap, a quick succession of blows upon the hinges. "Mind!" cried a voice. "Oh!" The voice camefrom above.

Graham glanced up, saw the soles of two feet, ducked, was struck on the shoulder by one of them, and aheavy weight bore him to the earth. He fell on his knees and forward, and the weight went over his head.He knelt up and saw a second man from above seated before him.

"I did not see you, Sire," panted the man. He rose and assisted Graham to rise. "Are you hurt, Sire?" hepanted. A succession of heavy blows on the ventilator began, something fell close to Graham's face, and ashivering edge of white metal danced, fell over, and lay fiat upon the floor.

"What is this?" cried Graham, confused and looking at the ventilator."Who are you? What are you going to do? Remember, I understand nothing."

"Stand back," said the stranger, and drew him from under the ventilator as another fragment of metal fellheavily.

"We want you to come, Sire," panted the newcomer, and Graham glancing at his face again, saw a new cuthad changed from white to red on his forehead, and a couple of little trickles of blood starting therefrom."Your people call for you."

"Come where? My people?"

"To the hall about the markets. Your life is in danger here. We have spies. We learned but just in time. TheCouncil has decided--this very day--either to drug or kill you. And everything is ready. The people are

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 40: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

drilled, the Wind-Vane police, the engineers, and half the way-gearers are with us. We have the hallscrowded--shouting. The whole city shouts against the Council. We have arms." He wiped the blood with hishand. "Your life here is not worth--"

"But why arms?"

"The people have risen to protect you, Sire. What?"

He turned quickly as the man who had first come down made a hissing with his teeth. Graham saw thelatter start back, gesticulate to them to conceal themselves, and move as if to hide behind the opening door.

As he did so Howard appeared, a little tray in one hand and his heavy face downcast. He started, looked up,the door slammed behind him, the tray tilted side-ways, and the steel wedge struck him behind the ear. Hewent down like a felled tree, and lay as he fell athwart the floor of the outer room. The man who had struckhim bent hastily, studied his face for a moment, rose, and returned to his work at the door.

"Your poison!" said a voice in Graham's ear.

Then abruptly they were in darkness. The innumerable cornice lights had been extinguished. Graham sawthe aperture of the ventilator with ghostly snow whirling above it and dark figures moving hastily. Threeknelt on the vane. Some dim thing--a ladder--was being lowered through the opening, and a hand appearedholding a fitful yellow light.

He had a moment of hesitation. But the manner of these men, their swiftalacrity, their words, marched so completely with his own fears of theCouncil, with his idea and hope of a rescue, that it lasted not a moment.And his people awaited him!

"I do not understand," he said. "I trust. Tell me what to do."

The man with the cut brow gripped Graham's arm. "Clamber up the ladder," he whispered. "Quick. Theywill have heard--"

Graham felt for the ladder with extended hands, put his foot on the lower rung, and, turning his head, sawover the shoulder of the nearest man, in the yellow flicker of the light, the first-comer astride over Howardand still working at the door. Graham turned to the ladder again, and was thrust by his conductor and helpedup by those above, and then he was standing on something hard and cold and slippery outside the ventilatingfunnel.

He shivered. He was aware of a great difference in the temperature. Half a dozen men stood about him,and light flakes of snow touched hands and face and melted. For a moment it was dark, then for a flash aghastly violet white, and then everything was dark again.

He saw he had come out upon the roof of the vast city structure which had replaced the miscellaneoushouses, streets and open spaces of Victorian London. The place upon which he stood was level, with hugeserpentine cables lying athwart it in every direction. The circular wheels of a number of windmills loomedindistinct and gigantic through the darkness and snowfall, and roared with a varying loudness as the fitfulwind rose and fell. Some way off an intermittent white light smote up from below, touched the snow eddieswith a transient glitter, and made an evanescent spectre in the night; and here and there, low down, somevaguely outlined wind-driven mechanism flickered with livid sparks.

All this he appreciated in a fragmentary manner as his rescuers stood about him. Someone threw a thicksoft cloak of fur-like texture about him, and fastened it by buckled straps at waist and shoulders. Thingswere said briefly, decisively. Someone thrust him forward.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 41: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

Before his mind was yet clear a dark shape gripped his arm. "This way," said this shape, urging him along,and pointed Graham across the flat roof in the direction of a dim semicircular haze of light. Graham obeyed.

"Mind!" said a voice, as Graham stumbled against a cable. "Between them and not across them," said thevoice. And, "We must hurry."

"Where are the people?" said Graham. "The people you said awaited me?"

The stranger did not answer. He left Graham's arm as the path grew narrower, and led the way with rapidstrides. Graham followed blindly. In a minute he found himself running. "Are the others coming?" he panted,but received no reply. His companion glanced back and ran on. They came to a sort of pathway of openmetal-work, transverse to the direction they had come, and they turned aside to follow this. Graham lookedback, but the snowstorm had hidden the others.

"Come on!" said his guide. Running now, they drew near a little windmill spinning high in the air. "Stoop,"said Graham's guide, and they avoided an endless band running roaring up to the shaft of the vane. "Thisway!" and they were ankle deep in a gutter full of drifted thawing snow, between two low walls of metalthat presently rose waist high. "I will go first," said the guide. Graham drew his cloak about him andfollowed. Then suddenly came a narrow abyss across which the gutter leapt to the snowy darkness of thefurther side. Graham peeped over the side once and the gulf was black. For a moment he regretted hisflight. He dared not look again, and his brain spun as he waded through the half liquid snow.

Then out of the gutter they clambered and hurried across a wide flat space damp with thawing snow, andfor half its extent dimly translucent to lights that went to and fro underneath. He hesitated at this unstablelooking substance, but his guide ran on unheeding, and so they came to and clambered up slippery steps tothe rim of a great dome of glass. Round this they went. Far below a number of people seemed to bedancing, and music filtered through the dome.... Graham fancied he heard a shouting through thesnowstorm, and his guide hurried him on with a new spurt of haste. They clambered panting to a space ofhuge windmills, one so vast that only the lower edge of its vanes came rushing into sight and rushed up againand was lost in the night and the snow. They hurried for a time through the colossal metallic tracery of itssupports, and came at last above a place of moving platforms like the place into which Graham had lookedfrom the balcony. They crawled across the sloping transparency that covered this street of platforms,crawling on hands and knees because of the slipperiness of the snowfall.

For the most part the glass was bedewed, and Graham saw only hazy suggestions of the forms below, butnear the pitch of the transparent roof the glass was clear, and he found himself looking sheerly down upon itall. For awhile, in spite of the urgency of his guide, he gave way to vertigo and lay spread-eagled on theglass, sick and paralysed. Far below, mere stirring specks and dots, went the people of the unsleeping city intheir perpetual daylight, and the moving platforms ran on their incessant journey. Messengers and men onunknown businesses shot along the drooping cables and the frail bridges were crowded with men. It waslike peering into a gigantic glass hive, and it lay vertically below him with only a tough glass of unknownthickness to save him from a fall. The street showed warm and lit, and Graham was wet now to the skinwith thawing snow, and his feet were numbed with cold. For a space he could not move. "Come on!" criedhis guide, with terror in his voice. "Come on!"

Graham reached the pitch of the roof by an effort.

Over the ridge, following his guide's example, he turned about and slid backward down the opposite slopevery swiftly, amid a little avalanche of snow. While he was sliding he thought of what would happen if somebroken gap should come in his way. At the edge he stumbled to his feet ankle deep in slush, thanking heavenfor an opaque footing again. His guide was already clambering up a metal screen to a level expanse.

Through the spare snowflakes above this loomed another line of vast windmills, and then suddenly theamorphous tumult of the rotating wheels was pierced with a deafening sound. It was a mechanical shrilling

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 42: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

of extraordinary intensity that seemed to come simultaneously from every point of the compass.

"They have missed us already!" cried Graham's guide in an accent of terror, and suddenly, with a blindingflash, the night became day.

Above the driving snow, from the summits of the wind-wheels, appeared vast masts carrying globes of lividlight. They receded in illimitable vistas in every direction. As far as his eye could penetrate the snowfall theyglared.

"Get on this," cried Graham's conductor, and thrust him forward to a long grating of snowless metal that ranlike a band between two slightly sloping expanses of snow. It felt warm to Graham's benumbed feet, and afaint eddy of steam rose from it.

"Come on!" shouted his guide ten yards off, and, without waiting, ran swiftly through the incandescent glaretowards the iron supports of the next range of wind-wheels. Graham, recovering from his astonishment,followed as fast, convinced of his imminent capture....

In a score of seconds they were within a tracery of glare and black shadows shot with moving bars beneaththe monstrous wheels. Graham's conductor ran on for some time, and suddenly darted sideways andvanished into a black shadow in the corner of the foot of a huge support. In another moment Graham wasbeside him.

They cowered panting and stared out.

The scene upon which Graham looked was very wild and strange. The snow had now almost ceased; only abelated flake passed now and again across the picture. But the broad stretch of level before them was aghastly white, broken only by gigantic masses and moving shapes and lengthy strips of impenetrabledarkness, vast ungainly Titans of shadow. All about them, huge metallic structures, iron girders, inhumanlyvast as it seemed to him, interlaced, and the edges of wind-wheels, scarcely moving in the lull, passed ingreat shining curves steeper and steeper up into a luminous haze. Wherever the snow-spangled light struckdown, beams and girders, and incessant bands running with a halting, indomitable resolution, passed upwardand downward into the black. And with all that mighty activity, with an omnipresent sense of motive anddesign, this snow-clad desolation of mechanism seemed void of all human presence save themselves,seemed as trackless and deserted and unfrequented by men as some inaccessible Alpine snowfield.

"They will be chasing us," cried the leader. "We are scarcely halfway there yet. Cold as it is we must hidehere for a space--at least until it snows more thickly again."

His teeth chattered in his head.

"Where are the markets?" asked Graham staring out. "Where are all the people?"

The other made no answer.

"Look!" whispered Graham, crouched close, and became very still.

The snow had suddenly become thick again, and sliding with the whirling eddies out of the black pit of thesky came something, vague and large and very swift. It came down in a steep curve and swept round, widewings extended and a trail of white condensing steam behind it, rose with an easy swiftness and went glidingup the air, swept horizontally forward in a wide curve, and vanished again in the steaming specks of snow.And, through the ribs of its body, Graham saw two little men, very minute and active, searching the snowyareas about him, as it seemed to him, with field glasses. For a second they were clear, then hazy through athick whirl of snow, then small and distant, and in a minute they were gone.

"Now!" cried his companion. "Come!"

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 43: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

He pulled Graham's sleeve, and incontinently the two were running headlong down the arcade of iron-workbeneath the wind-wheels. Graham, running blindly, collided with his leader, who had turned back on himsuddenly. He found himself within a dozen yards of a black chasm. It extended as far as he could see rightand left. It seemed to cut off their progress in either direction.

"Do as I do," whispered his guide. He lay down and crawled to the edge, thrust his head over and twisteduntil one leg hung. He seemed to feel for something with his foot, found it, and went sliding over the edgeinto the gulf. His head reappeared. "It is a ledge," he whispered. "In the dark all the way along. Do as I did."

Graham hesitated, went down upon all fours, crawled to the edge, and peered into a velvety blackness. Fora sickly moment he had courage neither to go on nor retreat, then he sat and hung his leg down, felt hisguide's hands pulling at him, had a horrible sensation of sliding over the edge into the unfathomable, splashed,and felt himself in a slushy gutter, impenetrably dark.

"This way," whispered the voice, and he began crawling along the gutter through the trickling thaw, pressinghimself against the wall. They continued along it for some minutes. He seemed to pass through a hundredstages of misery, to pass minute after minute through a hundred degrees of cold, damp, and exhaustion. In alittle while he ceased to feel his hands and feet.

The gutter sloped downwards. He observed that they were now many feet below the edge of the buildings.Rows of spectral white shapes like the ghosts of blind-drawn windows rose above them. They came to theend of a cable fastened above one of these white windows, dimly visible and dropping into impenetrableshadows. Suddenly his hand came against his guide's. "Still!" whispered the latter very softly.

He looked up with a start and saw the huge wings of the flying machine gliding slowly and noiselesslyoverhead athwart the broad band of snow-flecked grey-blue sky. In a moment it was hidden again.

"Keep still; they were just turning."

For awhile both were motionless, then Graham's companion stood up, and reaching towards the fasteningsof the cable fumbled with some indistinct tackle.

"What is that?" asked Graham.

The only answer was a faint cry. The man crouched motionless. Graham peered and saw his face dimly. Hewas staring down the long ribbon of sky, and Graham, following his eyes, saw the flying machine small andfaint and remote. Then he saw that the wings spread on either side, that it headed towards them, that everymoment it grew larger. It was following the edge of the chasm towards them.

The man's movements became convulsive. He thrust two cross bars into Graham's hand. Graham could notsee them, he ascertained their form by feeling. They were slung by thin cords to the cable. On the cordwere hand grips of some soft elastic substance. "Put the cross between your legs," whispered the guidehysterically, "and grip the holdfasts. Grip tightly, grip!"

Graham did as he was told.

"Jump," said the voice. "In heaven's name, jump!"

For one momentous second Graham could not speak. He was glad afterwards that darkness hid his face.He said nothing. He began to tremble violently. He looked sideways at the swift shadow that swallowed upthe sky as it rushed upon him.

"Jump! Jump--in God's name! Or they will have us," cried Graham's guide, and in the violence of his passionthrust him forward.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 44: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

Graham tottered convulsively, gave a sobbing cry, a cry in spite of himself, and then, as the flying machineswept over them, fell forward into the pit of that darkness, seated on the cross wood and holding the ropeswith the clutch of death. Something cracked, something rapped smartly against a wall. He heard the pulleyof the cradle hum on its rope. He heard the aeronauts shout. He felt a pair of knees digging into his back....He was sweeping headlong through the air, falling through the air. All his strength was in his hands. Hewould have screamed but he had no breath.

He shot into a blinding light that made him grip the tighter. He recognised the great passage with the runningways, the hanging lights and interlacing girders. They rushed upward and by him. He had a momentaryimpression of a great round mouth yawning to swallow him up.

He was in the dark again, falling, falling, gripping with aching hands, and behold! a clap of sound, a burst oflight, and he was in a brightly lit hall with a roaring multitude of people beneath his feet. The people! Hispeople! A proscenium, a stage rushed up towards him, and his cable swept down to a circular aperture tothe right of this. He felt he was travelling slower, and suddenly very much slower. He distinguished shouts of"Saved! The Master. He is safe!" The stage rushed up towards him with rapidly diminishing swiftness.Then--

He heard the man clinging behind him shout as if suddenly terrified, and this shout was echoed by a shoutfrom below. He felt that he was no longer gliding along the cable but falling with it. There was a tumult ofyells, screams, and cries. He felt something soft against his extended hand, and the impact of a broken fallquivering through his arm....

He wanted to be still and the people were lifting him. He believed afterwards he was carried to the platformand given some drink, but he was never sure. He did not notice what became of his guide. When his mindwas clear again he was on his feet; eager hands were assisting him to stand. He was in a big alcove,occupying the position that in his previous experience had been devoted to the lower boxes. If this wasindeed a theatre.

A mighty tumult was in his ears, a thunderous roar, the shouting of a countless multitude. "It is the Sleeper!The Sleeper is with us!"

"The Sleeper is with us! The Master--the Owner! The Master is with us.He is safe."

Graham had a surging vision of a great hall crowded with people. He saw no individuals, he was consciousof a froth of pink faces, of waving arms and garments, he felt the occult influence of a vast crowd pouringover him, buoying him up. There were balconies, galleries, great archways giving remoter perspectives, andeverywhere people, a vast arena of people, densely packed and cheering. Across the nearer space lay thecollapsed cable like a huge snake. It had been cut by the men of the flying machine at its upper end, and hadcrumpled down into the hall. Men seemed to be hauling this out of the way. But the whole effect was vague,the very buildings throbbed and leapt with the roar of the voices.

He stood unsteadily and looked at those about him. Someone supported him by one arm. "Let me go into alittle room," he said, weeping; "a little room," and could say no more. A man in black stepped forward, tookhis disengaged arm. He was aware of officious men opening a door before him. Someone guided him to aseat. He staggered. He sat down heavily and covered his face with his hands; he was trembling violently, hisnervous control was at an end. He was relieved of his cloak, he could not remember how; his purple hosehe saw were black with wet. People were running about him, things were happening, but for some time hegave no heed to them.

He had escaped. A myriad of cries told him that. He was safe. These were the people who were on hisside. For a space he sobbed for breath, and then he sat still with his face covered. The air was full of theshouting of innumerable men.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 45: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

CHAPTER IXTHE PEOPLE MARCH

He became aware of someone urging a glass of clear fluid upon his attention, looked up and discovered thiswas a dark young man in a yellow garment. He took the dose forthwith, and in a moment he was glowing.A tall man in a black robe stood by his shoulder, and pointed to the half open door into the hall. This manwas shouting close to his ear and yet what was said was indistinct because of the tremendous uproar fromthe great theatre. Behind the man was a girl in a silvery grey robe, whom Graham, even in this confusion,perceived to be beautiful. Her dark eyes, full of wonder and curiosity, were fixed on him, her lips trembledapart. A partially opened door gave a glimpse of the crowded hall, and admitted a vast uneven tumult, ahammering, clapping and shouting that died away and began again, and rose to a thunderous pitch, and socontinued intermittently all the time that Graham remained in the little room. He watched the lips of the manin black and gathered that he was making some explanation.

He stared stupidly for some moments at these things and then stood up abruptly; he grasped the arm of thisshouting person.

"Tell me!" he cried. "Who am I? Who am I?"

The others came nearer to hear his words. "Who am I?" His eyes searched their faces.

"They have told him nothing!" cried the girl.

"Tell me, tell me!" cried Graham.

"You are the Master of the Earth. You are owner of the world."

He did not believe he heard aright. He resisted the persuasion. He pretended not to understand, not to hear.He lifted his voice again. "I have been awake three days--a prisoner three days. I judge there is somestruggle between a number of people in this city--it is London?"

"Yes," said the younger man.

"And those who meet in the great hall with the white Atlas? How does it concern me? In some way it hasto do with me. Why, I don't know. Drugs? It seems to me that while I have slept the world has gone mad. Ihave gone mad.... Who are those Councillors under the Atlas? Why should they try to drug me?"

"To keep you insensible," said the man in yellow. "To prevent your interference."

"But why?"

"Because you are the Atlas, Sire," said the man in yellow. "The world is on your shoulders. They rule it inyour name."

The sounds from the hall had died into a silence threaded by one monotonous voice. Now suddenly,trampling on these last words, came a deafening tumult, a roaring and thundering, cheer crowded on cheer,voices hoarse and shrill, beating, overlapping, and while it lasted the people in the little room could not heareach other shout.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 46: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

Graham stood, his intelligence clinging helplessly to the thing he had just heard. "The Council," he repeatedblankly, and then snatched at a name that had struck him. "But who is Ostrog?" he said.

"He is the organiser--the organiser of the revolt. Our Leader--in your name."

"In my name?--And you? Why is he not here?"

"He--has deputed us. I am his brother--his half-brother, Lincoln. He wants you to show yourself to thesepeople and then come on to him. That is why he has sent. He is at the wind-vane offices directing. Thepeople are marching."

"In your name," shouted the younger man. "They have ruled, crushed, tyrannised. At last even--"

"In my name! My name! Master?"

The younger man suddenly became audible in a pause of the outer thunder, indignant and vociferous, a highpenetrating voice under his red aquiline nose and bushy moustache. "No one expected you to wake. No oneexpected you to wake. They were cunning. Damned tyrants! But they were taken by surprise. They did notknow whether to drug you, hypnotise you, kill you."

Again the hall dominated everything.

"Ostrog is at the wind-vane offices ready--. Even now there is a rumour of fighting beginning."

The man who had called himself Lincoln came close to him. "Ostrog has it planned. Trust him. We have ourorganisations ready. We shall seize the flying stages--. Even now he may be doing that. Then--"

"This public theatre," bawled the man in yellow, "is only a contingent.We have five myriads of drilled men--"

"We have arms," cried Lincoln. "We have plans. A leader. Their police have gone from the streets and aremassed in the--" (inaudible). "It is now or never. The Council is rocking--They cannot trust even their drilledmen--"

"Hear the people calling to you!"

Graham's mind was like a night of moon and swift clouds, now dark and hopeless, now clear and ghastly.He was Master of the Earth, he was a man sodden with thawing snow. Of all his fluctuating impressions thedominant ones presented an antagonism; on the one hand was the White Council, powerful, disciplined, few,the White Council from which he had just escaped; and on the other, monstrous crowds, packed masses ofindistinguishable people clamouring his name, hailing him Master. The other side had imprisoned him,debated his death. These shouting thousands beyond the little doorway had rescued him. But why thesethings should be so he could not understand.

The door opened, Lincoln's voice was swept away and drowned, and a rash of people followed on the heelsof the tumult. These intruders came towards him and Lincoln gesticulating. The voices without explainedtheir soundless lips. "Show us the Sleeper, show us the Sleeper!" was the burden of the uproar. Men werebawling for "Order! Silence!"

Graham glanced towards the open doorway, and saw a tall, oblong picture of the hall beyond, a waving,incessant confusion of crowded, shouting faces, men and women together, waving pale blue garments,extended hands. Many were standing, one man in rags of dark brown, a gaunt figure, stood on the seat andwaved a black cloth. He met the wonder and expectation of the girl's eyes. What did these people expectfrom him. He was dimly aware that the tumult outside had changed its character, was in some way beating,marching. His own mind, too, changed. For a space he did not recognise the influence that was transforming

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 47: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

him. But a moment that was near to panic passed. He tried to make audible inquiries of what was requiredof him.

Lincoln was shouting in his ear, but Graham was deafened to that. All the others save the womangesticulated towards the hall. He perceived what had happened to the uproar. The whole mass of peoplewas chanting together. It was not simply a song, the voices were gathered together and upborne by a torrentof instrumental music, music like the music of an organ, a woven texture of sounds, full of trumpets, full offlaunting banners, full of the march and pageantry of opening war. And the feet of the people were beatingtime--tramp, tramp.

He was urged towards the door. He obeyed mechanically. The strength of that chant took hold of him,stirred him, emboldened him. The hall opened to him, a vast welter of fluttering colour swaying to the music.

"Wave your arm to them," said Lincoln. "Wave your arm to them."

"This," said a voice on the other side, "he must have this." Arms were about his neck detaining him in thedoorway, and a black subtly-folding mantle hung from his shoulders. He threw his arm free of this andfollowed Lincoln. He perceived the girl in grey close to him, her face lit, her gesture onward. For the instantshe became to him, flushed and eager as she was, an embodiment of the song. He emerged in the alcoveagain. Incontinently the mounting waves of the song broke upon his appearing, and flashed up into a foam ofshouting. Guided by Lincoln's hand he marched obliquely across the centre of the stage facing the people.

The hall was a vast and intricate space--galleries, balconies, broad spaces of amphitheatral steps, and greatarchways. Far away, high up, seemed the mouth of a huge passage full of struggling humanity. The wholemultitude was swaying in congested masses. Individual figures sprang out of the tumult, impressed himmomentarily, and lost definition again. Close to the platform swayed a beautiful fair woman, carried by threemen, her hair across her face and brandishing a green staff. Next this group an old careworn man in bluecanvas maintained his place in the crush with difficulty, and behind shouted a hairless face, a great cavity oftoothless mouth. A voice called that enigmatical word "Ostrog." All his impressions were vague save themassive emotion of that trampling song. The multitude were beating time with their feet--marking time,tramp, tramp, tramp, tramp. The green weapons waved, flashed and slanted. Then he saw those nearest tohim on a level space before the stage were marching in front of him, passing towards a great archway,shouting "To the Council!" Tramp, tramp, tramp, tramp. He raised his arm, and the roaring was redoubled.He remembered he had to shout "March!" His mouth shaped inaudible heroic words. He waved his armagain and pointed to the archway, shouting "Onward!" They were no longer marking time, they weremarching; tramp, tramp, tramp, tramp. In that host were bearded men, old men, youths, fluttering robedbare-armed women, girls. Men and women of the new age! Rich robes, grey rags fluttered together in thewhirl of their movement amidst the dominant blue. A monstrous black banner jerked its way to the right. Heperceived a blue-clad negro, a shrivelled woman in yellow, then a group of tall fair-haired, white-faced, blue-clad men pushed theatrically past him. He noted two Chinamen. A tall, sallow, dark-haired, shining-eyedyouth, white clad from top to toe, clambered up towards the platform shouting loyally, and sprang downagain and receded, looking backward. Heads, shoulders, hands clutching weapons, all were swinging withthose marching cadences.

Faces came out of the confusion to him as he stood there, eyes met his and passed and vanished. Mengesticulated to him, shouted inaudible personal things. Most of the faces were flushed, but many wereghastly white. And disease was there, and many a hand that waved to him was gaunt and lean. Men andwomen of the new age! Strange and incredible meeting! As the broad stream passed before him to the right,tributary gangways from the remote uplands of the hall thrust downward in an incessant replacement ofpeople; tramp, tramp, tramp, tramp. The unison of the song was enriched and complicated by the massiveechoes of arches and passages. Men and women mingled in the ranks; tramp, tramp, tramp, tramp. Thewhole world seemed marching. Tramp, tramp, tramp, tramp; his brain was tramping. The garments wavedonward, the faces poured by more abundantly.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 48: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

Tramp, tramp, tramp, tramp; at Lincoln's pressure he turned towards the archway, walking unconsciously inthat rhythm, scarcely noticing his movement for the melody and stir of it. The multitude, the gesture andsong, all moved in that direction, the flow of people smote downward until the upturned faces were belowthe level of his feet. He was aware of a path before him, of a suite about him, of guards and dignities, andLincoln on his right hand. Attendants intervened, and ever and again blotted out the sight of the multitude tothe left. Before him went the backs of the guards in black--three and three and three. He was marchedalong a little railed way, and crossed above the archway, with the torrent dipping to flow beneath, andshouting up to him. He did not know whither he went; he did not want to know. He glanced back across aflaming spaciousness of hall. Tramp, tramp, tramp, tramp.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 49: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

CHAPTER XTHE BATTLE OF THE DARKNESS

He was no longer in the hall. He was marching along a gallery overhanging one of the great streets of themoving platforms that traversed the city. Before him and behind him tramped his guards. The wholeconcave of the moving ways below was a congested mass of people marching, tramping to the left,shouting, waving hands and arms, pouring along a huge vista, shouting as they came into view, shouting asthey passed, shouting as they receded, until the globes of electric light receding in perspective dropped downit seemed and hid the swarming bare heads. Tramp, tramp, tramp, tramp.

The song roared up to Graham now, no longer upborne by music, but coarse and noisy, and the beating ofthe marching feet, tramp, tramp, tramp, tramp, interwove with a thunderous irregularity of footsteps from theundisciplined rabble that poured along the higher ways.

Abruptly he noted a contrast. The buildings on the opposite side of the way seemed deserted, the cables andbridges that laced across the aisle were empty and shadowy. It came into Graham's mind that these alsoshould have swarmed with people.

He felt a curious emotion--throbbing--very fast! He stopped again. The guards before him marched on;those about him stopped as he did. He saw anxiety and fear in their faces. The throbbing had something todo with the lights. He too looked up.

At first it seemed to him a thing that affected the lights simply, an isolated phenomenon, having no bearingon the things below. Each huge globe of blinding whiteness was as it were clutched, compressed in a systolethat was followed by a transitory diastole, and again a systole like a tightening grip, darkness, light, darkness,in rapid alternation.

Graham became aware that this strange behaviour of the lights had to do with the people below. Theappearance of the houses and ways, the appearance of the packed masses changed, became a confusion ofvivid lights and leaping shadows. He saw a multitude of shadows had sprung into aggressive existence,seemed rushing up, broadening, widening, growing with steady swiftness--to leap suddenly back and returnreinforced. The song and the tramping had ceased. The unanimous march, he discovered, was arrested,there were eddies, a flow sideways, shouts of "The lights!" Voices were crying together one thing. "Thelights!" cried these voices. "The lights!" He looked down. In this dancing death of the lights the area of thestreet had suddenly become a monstrous struggle. The huge white globes became purple-white, purple witha reddish glow, flickered, flickered faster and faster, fluttered between light and extinction, ceased to flickerand became mere fading specks of glowing red in a vast obscurity. In ten seconds the extinction wasaccomplished, and there was only this roaring darkness, a black monstrosity that had suddenly swallowed upthose glittering myriads of men.

He felt invisible forms about him; his arms were gripped. Something rapped sharply against his shin. A voicebawled in his ear, "It is all right--all right."

Graham shook off the paralysis of his first astonishment. He struck his forehead against Lincoln's andbawled, "What is this darkness?"

"The Council has cut the currents that light the city. We must wait--stop. The people will go on. They will--"

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 50: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

His voice was drowned. Voices were shouting, "Save the Sleeper. Take care of the Sleeper." A guardstumbled against Graham and hurt his hand by an inadvertent blow of his weapon. A wild tumult tossed andwhirled about him, growing, as it seemed, louder, denser, more furious each moment. Fragments ofrecognisable sounds drove towards him, were whirled away from him as his mind reached out to graspthem. Voices seemed to be shouting conflicting orders, other voices answered. There were suddenly asuccession of piercing screams close beneath them.

A voice bawled in his ear, "The red police," and receded forthwith beyond his questions.

A crackling sound grew to distinctness, and therewith a leaping of faint flashes along the edge of the furtherways. By their light Graham saw the heads and bodies of a number of men, armed with weapons like thoseof his guards, leap into an instant's dim visibility. The whole area began to crackle, to flash with littleinstantaneous streaks of light, and abruptly the darkness rolled back like a curtain.

A glare of light dazzled his eyes, a vast seething expanse of struggling men confused his mind. A shout, aburst of cheering, came across the ways. He looked up to see the source of the light. A man hung faroverhead from the upper part of a cable, holding by a rope the blinding star that had driven the darknessback.

Graham's eyes fell to the ways again. A wedge of red a little way along the vista caught his eye. He saw itwas a dense mass of red-clad men jammed on the higher further way, their backs against the pitiless cliff ofbuilding, and surrounded by a dense crowd of antagonists. They were fighting. Weapons flashed and roseand fell, heads vanished at the edge of the contest, and other heads replaced them, the little flashes from thegreen weapons became little jets of smoky grey while the light lasted.

Abruptly the flare was extinguished and the ways were an inky darkness once more, a tumultuous mystery.

He felt something thrusting against him. He was being pushed along the gallery. Someone was shouting--itmight be at him. He was too confused to hear. He was thrust against the wall, and a number of peopleblundered past him. It seemed to him that his guards were struggling with one another.

Suddenly the cable-hung star-holder appeared again, and the whole scene was white and dazzling. The bandof red-coats seemed broader and nearer; its apex was half-way down the ways towards the central aisle.And raising his eyes Graham saw that a number of these men had also appeared now in the darkened lowergalleries of the opposite building, and were firing over the heads of their fellows below at the boilingconfusion of people on the lower ways. The meaning of these things dawned upon him. The march of thepeople had come upon an ambush at the very outset. Thrown into confusion by the extinction of the lightsthey were now being attacked by the red police. Then he became aware that he was standing alone, that hisguards and Lincoln were along the gallery in the direction along which he had come before the darkness fell.He saw they were gesticulating to him wildly, running back towards him. A great shouting came from acrossthe ways. Then it seemed as though the whole face of the darkened building opposite was lined andspeckled with red-clad men. And they were pointing over to him and shouting. "The Sleeper! Save theSleeper!" shouted a multitude of throats.

Something struck the wall above his head. He looked up at the impact and saw a star-shaped splash ofsilvery metal. He saw Lincoln near him. Felt his arm gripped. Then, pat, pat; he had been missed twice.

For a moment he did not understand this. The street was hidden, everything was hidden, as he looked. Thesecond flare had burned out.

Lincoln had gripped Graham by the arm, was lugging him along the gallery. "Before the next light!" he cried.His haste was contagious. Graham's instinct of self-preservation overcame the paralysis of his incredulousastonishment. He became for a time the blind creature of the fear of death. He ran, stumbling because ofthe uncertainty of the darkness, blundered into his guards as they turned to run with him. Haste was his one

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 51: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

desire, to escape this perilous gallery upon which he was exposed. A third glare came close on itspredecessors. With it came a great shouting across the ways, an answering tumult from the ways. The red-coats below, he saw, had now almost gained the central passage. Their countless faces turned towards him,and they shouted. The white facade opposite was densely stippled with red. All these wonderful thingsconcerned him, turned upon him as a pivot. These were the guards of the Council attempting to recapturehim.

Lucky it was for him that these shots were the first fired in anger for a hundred and fifty years. He heardbullets whacking over his head, felt a splash of molten metal sting his ear, and perceived without looking thatthe whole opposite facade, an unmasked ambuscade of red police, was crowded and bawling and firing athim.

Down went one of his guards before him, and Graham, unable to stop, leapt the writhing body.

In another second he had plunged, unhurt, into a black passage, and incontinently someone, coming, it maybe, in a transverse direction, blundered violently into him. He was hurling down a staircase in absolutedarkness. He reeled, and was struck again, and came against a wall with his hands. He was crushed by aweight of struggling bodies, whirled round, and thrust to the right. A vast pressure pinned him. He could notbreathe, his ribs seemed cracking. He felt a momentary relaxation, and then the whole mass of peoplemoving together, bore him back towards the great theatre from which he had so recently come. There weremoments when his feet did not touch the ground. Then he was staggering and shoving. He heard shouts of"They are coming!" and a muffled cry close to him. His foot blundered against something soft, he heard ahoarse scream under foot. He heard shouts of "The Sleeper!" but he was too confused to speak. He heardthe green weapons crackling. For a space he lost his individual will, became an atom in a panic, blind,unthinking, mechanical. He thrust and pressed back and writhed in the pressure, kicked presently against astep, and found himself ascending a slope. And abruptly the faces all about him leapt out of the black,visible, ghastly-white and astonished, terrified, perspiring, in a livid glare. One face, a young man's, was verynear to him, not twenty inches away. At the time it was but a passing incident of no emotional value, butafterwards it came back to him in his dreams. For this young man, wedged upright in the crowd for a time,had been shot and was already dead.

A fourth white star must have been lit by the man on the cable. Its light came glaring in through vastwindows and arches and showed Graham that he was now one of a dense mass of flying black figurespressed back across the lower area of the great theatre. This time the picture was livid and fragmentary,slashed and barred with black shadows. He saw that quite near to him the red guards were fighting theirway through the people. He could not tell whether they saw him. He looked for Lincoln and his guards. Hesaw Lincoln near the stage of the theatre surrounded in a crowd of black-badged revolutionaries, lifted upand staring to and fro as if seeking him. Graham perceived that he himself was near the opposite edge ofthe crowd, that behind him, separated by a barrier, sloped the now vacant seats of the theatre. A suddenidea came to him, and he began fighting his way towards the barrier. As he reached it the glare came to anend.

In a moment he had thrown off the great cloak that not only impeded his movements but made himconspicuous, and had slipped it from his shoulders. He heard someone trip in its folds. In another he wasscaling the barrier and had dropped into the blackness on the further side. Then feeling his way he came tothe lower end of an ascending gangway. In the darkness the sound of firing ceased and the roar of feet andvoices lulled. Then suddenly he came to an unexpected step and tripped and fell. As he did so pools andislands amidst the darkness about him leapt to vivid light again, the uproar surged louder and the glare of thefifth white star shone through the vast fenestrations of the theatre walls.

He rolled over among some seats, heard a shouting and the whirring rattle of weapons, struggled up andwas knocked back again, perceived that a number of black-badged men were all about him firing at the redsbelow, leaping from seat to seat, crouching among the seats to reload. Instinctively he crouched amidst the

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 52: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

seats, as stray shots ripped the pneumatic cushions and cut bright slashes on their soft metal frames.Instinctively he marked the direction of the gangways, the most plausible way of escape for him so soon asthe veil of darkness fell again.

A young man in faded blue garments came vaulting over the seats. "Hullo!" he said, with his flying feetwithin six inches of the crouching Sleeper's face.

He stared without any sign of recognition, turned to fire, fired, and shouting, "To hell with the Council!" wasabout to fire again. Then it seemed to Graham that the half of this man's neck had vanished. A drop ofmoisture fell on Graham's cheek. The green weapon stopped half raised. For a moment the man stood stillwith his face suddenly expressionless, then he began to slant forward. His knees bent. Man and darknessfell together. At the sound of his fall Graham rose up and ran for his life until a step down to the gangwaytripped him. He scrambled to his feet, turned up the gangway and ran on.

When the sixth star glared he was already close to the yawning throat of a passage. He ran on the swifterfor the light, entered the passage and turned a corner into absolute night again. He was knocked sideways,rolled over, and recovered his feet. He found himself one of a crowd of invisible fugitives pressing in onedirection. His one thought now was their thought also; to escape out of this fighting. He thrust and struck,staggered, ran, was wedged tightly, lost ground and then was clear again.

For some minutes he was running through the darkness along a winding passage, and then he crossed somewide and open space, passed down a long incline, and came at last down a flight of steps to a level place.Many people were shouting, "They are coming! The guards are coming. They are firing. Get out of thefighting. The guards are firing. It will be safe in Seventh Way. Along here to Seventh Way!" There werewomen and children in the crowd as well as men.

The crowd converged on an archway, passed through a short throat and emerged on a wider space again, litdimly. The black figures about him spread out and ran up what seemed in the twilight to be a gigantic seriesof steps. He followed. The people dispersed to the right and left.... He perceived that he was no longer in acrowd. He stopped near the highest step. Before him, on that level, were groups of seats and a little kiosk.He went up to this and, stopping in the shadow of its eaves, looked about him panting.

Everything was vague and grey, but he recognised that these great steps were a series of platforms of the"ways," now motionless again. The platform slanted up on either side, and the tall buildings rose beyond, vastdim ghosts, their inscriptions and advertisements indistinctly seen, and up through the girders and cables wasa faint interrupted ribbon of pallid sky. A number of people hurried by. From their shouts and voices, itseemed they were hurrying to join the fighting. Other less noisy figures flitted timidly among the shadows.

From very far away down the street he could hear the sound of a struggle. But it was evident to him thatthis was not the street into which the theatre opened. That former fight, it seemed, had suddenly dropped outof sound and hearing. And they were fighting for him!

For a space he was like a man who pauses in the reading of a vivid book, and suddenly doubts what he hasbeen taking unquestionably. At that time he had little mind for details; the whole effect was a hugeastonishment. Oddly enough, while the flight from the Council prison, the great crowd in the hall, and theattack of the red police upon the swarming people were clearly present in his mind, it cost him an effort topiece in his awakening and to revive the meditative interval of the Silent Rooms. At first his memory leaptthese things and took him back to the cascade at Pentargen quivering in the wind, and all the sombresplendours of the sunlit Cornish coast. The contrast touched everything with unreality. And then the gapfilled, and he began to comprehend his position.

It was no longer absolutely a riddle, as it had been in the Silent Rooms. At least he had the strange, bareoutline now. He was in some way the owner of the world, and great political parties were fighting to possesshim. On the one hand was the Council, with its red police, set resolutely, it seemed, on the usurpation of his

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 53: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

property and perhaps his murder; on the other, the revolution that had liberated him, with this unseen"Ostrog" as its leader. And the whole of this gigantic city was convulsed by their struggle. Franticdevelopment of his world! "I do not understand," he cried. "I do not understand!"

He had slipped out between the contending parties into this liberty of the twilight. What would happen next?What was happening? He figured the red-clad men as busily hunting him, driving the black-badgedrevolutionists before them.

At any rate chance had given him a breathing space. He could lurk unchallenged by the passers-by, andwatch the course of things. His eye followed up the intricate dim immensity of the twilight buildings, and itcame to him as a thing infinitely wonderful, that above there the sun was rising, and the world was lit andglowing with the old familiar light of day. In a little while he had recovered his breath. His clothing hadalready dried upon him from the snow.

He wandered for miles along these twilight ways, speaking to no one, accosted by no one--a dark figureamong dark figures--the coveted man out of the past, the inestimable unintentional owner of the world.Wherever there were lights or dense crowds, or exceptional excitement, he was afraid of recognition, andwatched and turned back or went up and down by the middle stairways, into some transverse system ofways at a lower or higher level. And though he came on no more fighting, the whole city stirred with battle.Once he had to run to avoid a marching multitude of men that swept the street. Everyone abroad seemedinvolved. For the most part they were men, and they carried what he judged were weapons. It seemed asthough the struggle was concentrated mainly in the quarter of the city from which he came. Ever and againa distant roaring, the remote suggestion of that conflict, reached his ears. Then his caution and his curiositystruggled together. But his caution prevailed, and he continued wandering away from the fighting--so far ashe could judge. He went unmolested, unsuspected through the dark. After a time he ceased to hear even aremote echo of the battle, fewer and fewer people passed him, until at last the streets became deserted. Thefrontages of the buildings grew plain, and harsh; he seemed to have come to a district of vacantwarehouses. Solitude crept upon him--his pace slackened.

He became aware of a growing fatigue. At times he would turn aside and sit down on one of the numerousbenches of the upper ways. But a feverish restlessness, the knowledge of his vital implication in thisstruggle, would not let him rest in any place for long. Was the struggle on his behalf alone?

And then in a desolate place came the shock of an earthquake--a roaring and thundering--a mighty wind ofcold air pouring through the city, the smash of glass, the slip and thud of falling masonry--a series of giganticconcussions. A mass of glass and ironwork fell from the remote roofs into the middle gallery, not a hundredyards away from him, and in the distance were shouts and running. He, too, was startled to an aimlessactivity, and ran first one way and then as aimlessly back.

A man came running towards him. His self-control returned. "What have they blown up?" asked the manbreathlessly. "That was an explosion," and before Graham could speak he had hurried on.

The great buildings rose dimly, veiled by a perplexing twilight, albeit the rivulet of sky above was now brightwith day. He noted many strange features, understanding none at the time; he even spelt out many of theinscriptions in Phonetic lettering. But what profit is it to decipher a confusion of odd-looking letters resolvingitself, after painful strain of eye and mind, into "Here is Eadhamite," or, "Labour Bureau--Little Side"?Grotesque thought, that all these cliff-like houses were his!

The perversity of his experience came to him vividly. In actual fact he had made such a leap in time asromancers have imagined again and again. And that fact realised, he had been prepared. His mind had, as itwere, seated itself for a spectacle. And no spectacle unfolded itself, but a great vague danger,unsympathetic shadows and veils of darkness. Somewhere through the labyrinthine obscurity his deathsought him. Would he, after all, be killed before he saw? It might be that even at the next corner hisdestruction ambushed. A great desire to see, a great longing to know, arose in him.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 54: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

He became fearful of corners. It seemed to him that there was safety in concealment. Where could he hideto be inconspicuous when the lights returned? At last he sat down upon a seat in a recess on one of thehigher ways, conceiving he was alone there.

He squeezed his knuckles into his weary eyes. Suppose when he looked again he found the dark trough ofparallel ways and that intolerable altitude of edifice gone. Suppose he were to discover the whole story ofthese last few days, the awakening, the shouting multitudes, the darkness and the fighting, a phantasmagoria,a new and more vivid sort of dream. It must be a dream; it was so inconsecutive, so reasonless. Why werethe people fighting for him? Why should this saner world regard him as Owner and Master?

So he thought, sitting blinded, and then he looked again, half hoping in spite of his ears to see some familiaraspect of the life of the nineteenth century, to see, perhaps, the little harbour of Boscastle about him, thecliffs of Pentargen, or the bedroom of his home. But fact takes no heed of human hopes. A squad of menwith a black banner tramped athwart the nearer shadows, intent on conflict, and beyond rose that giddy wallof frontage, vast and dark, with the dim incomprehensible lettering showing faintly on its face.

"It is no dream," he said, "no dream." And he bowed his face upon his hands.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 55: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

CHAPTER XITHE OLD MAN WHO KNEW EVERYTHING

He was startled by a cough close at hand.

He turned sharply, and peering, saw a small, hunched-up figure sitting a couple of yards off in the shadow ofthe enclosure.

"Have ye any news?" asked the high-pitched wheezy voice of a very old man.

Graham hesitated. "None," he said.

"I stay here till the lights come again," said the old man. "These blue scoundrels are everywhere--everywhere."

Graham's answer was inarticulate assent. He tried to see the old man but the darkness hid his face. Hewanted very much to respond, to talk, but he did not know how to begin.

"Dark and damnable," said the old man suddenly. "Dark and damnable.Turned out of my room among all these dangers."

"That's hard," ventured Graham. "That's hard on you."

"Darkness. An old man lost in the darkness. And all the world gone mad. War and fighting. The policebeaten and rogues abroad. Why don't they bring some negroes to protect us? ... No more dark passages forme. I fell over a dead man."

"You're safer with company," said the old man, "if it's company of the right sort," and peered frankly. Herose suddenly and came towards Graham.

Apparently the scrutiny was satisfactory. The old man sat down as if relieved to be no longer alone. "Eh!"he said, "but this is a terrible time! War and fighting, and the dead lying there--men, strong men, dying in thedark. Sons! I have three sons. God knows where they are to-night."

The voice ceased. Then repeated quavering: "God knows where they are to-night."

Graham stood revolving a question that should not betray his ignorance.Again the old man's voice ended the pause.

"This Ostrog will win," he said. "He will win. And what the world will be like under him no one can tell. Mysons are under the wind-vanes, all three. One of my daughters-in-law was his mistress for a while. Hismistress! We're not common people. Though they've sent me to wander to-night and take my chance.... Iknew what was going on. Before most people. But this darkness! And to fall over a dead body suddenly inthe dark!"

His wheezy breathing could be heard.

"Ostrog!" said Graham.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 56: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

"The greatest Boss the world has ever seen," said the voice.

Graham ransacked his mind. "The Council has few friends among the people," he hazarded.

"Few friends. And poor ones at that. They've had their time. Eh! They should have kept to the clever ones.But twice they held election. And Ostrog--. And now it has burst out and nothing can stay it, nothing canstay it. Twice they rejected Ostrog--Ostrog the Boss. I heard of his rages at the time--he was terrible.Heaven save them! For nothing on earth can now he has raised the Labour Companies upon them. No oneelse would have dared. All the blue canvas armed and marching! He will go through with it. He will gothrough."

He was silent for a little while. "This Sleeper," he said, and stopped.

"Yes," said Graham. "Well?"

The senile voice sank to a confidential whisper, the dim, pale face came close. "The real Sleeper--"

"Yes," said Graham.

"Died years ago."

"What?" said Graham, sharply.

"Years ago. Died. Years ago."

"You don't say so!" said Graham.

"I do. I do say so. He died. This Sleeper who's woke up--they changed in the night. A poor, druggedinsensible creature. But I mustn't tell all I know. I mustn't tell all I know."

For a little while he muttered inaudibly. His secret was too much for him. "I don't know the ones that put himto sleep--that was before my time--but I know the man who injected the stimulants and woke him again. Itwas ten to one--wake or kill. Wake or kill. Ostrog's way."

Graham was so astonished at these things that he had to interrupt, to make the old man repeat his words, tore-question vaguely, before he was sure of the meaning and folly of what he heard. And his awakening hadnot been natural! Was that an old man's senile superstition, too, or had it any truth in it? Feeling in the darkcorners of his memory, he presently came on something that might conceivably be an impression of somesuch stimulating effect. It dawned upon him that he had happened upon a lucky encounter, that at last hemight learn something of the new age. The old man wheezed awhile and spat, and then the piping,reminiscent voice resumed:

"The first time they rejected him. I've followed it all."

"Rejected whom?" said Graham. "The Sleeper?"

"Sleeper? No. Ostrog. He was terrible--terrible! And he was promised then, promised certainly the nexttime. Fools they were--not to be more afraid of him. Now all the city's his millstone, and such as we dustground upon it. Dust ground upon it. Until he set to work--the workers cut each other's throats, andmurdered a Chinaman or a Labour policeman at times, and left the rest of us in peace. Dead bodies!Robbing! Darkness! Such a thing hasn't been this gross of years. Eh!--but 'tis ill on small folks when thegreat fall out! It's ill."

"Did you say--there had not been--what?--for a gross of years?"

"Eh?" said the old man.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 57: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

The old man said something about clipping his words, and made him repeat this a third time. "Fighting andslaying, and weapons in hand, and fools bawling freedom and the like," said the old man. "Not in all my lifehas there been that. These are like the old days--for sure--when the Paris people broke out--three gross ofyears ago. That's what I mean hasn't been. But it's the world's way. It had to come back. I know. I know.This five years Ostrog has been working, and there has been trouble and trouble, and hunger and threatsand high talk and arms. Blue canvas and murmurs. No one safe. Everything sliding and slipping. And nowhere we are! Revolt and fighting, and the Council come to its end."

"You are rather well-informed on these things," said Graham.

"I know what I hear. It isn't all Babble Machine with me."

"No," said Graham, wondering what Babble Machine might be. "And you are certain this Ostrog--you arecertain Ostrog organised this rebellion and arranged for the waking of the Sleeper? Just to assert himself--because he was not elected to the Council?"

"Everyone knows that, I should think," said the old man. "Except--just fools. He meant to be mastersomehow. In the Council or not. Everyone who knows anything knows that. And here we are with deadbodies lying in the dark! Why, where have you been if you haven't heard all about the trouble betweenOstrog and the Verneys? And what do you think the troubles are about? The Sleeper? Eh? You think theSleeper's real and woke of his own accord--eh?"

"I'm a dull man, older than I look, and forgetful," said Graham. "Lots of things that have happened--especially of late years--. If I was the Sleeper, to tell you the truth, I couldn't know less about them."

"Eh!" said the voice. "Old, are you? You don't sound so very old! But it's not everyone keeps his memory tomy time of life--truly. But these notorious things! But you're not so old as me--not nearly so old as me. Well!I ought not to judge other men by myself, perhaps. I'm young--for so old a man. Maybe you're old for soyoung."

"That's it," said Graham. "And I've a queer history. I know very little.And history! Practically I know no history. The Sleeper and JuliusCaesar are all the same to me. It's interesting to hear you talk ofthese things."

"I know a few things," said the old man. "I know a thing or two.But--. Hark!"

The two men became silent, listening. There was a heavy thud, a concussion that made their seat shiver.The passers-by stopped, shouted to one another. The old man was full of questions; he shouted to a manwho passed near. Graham, emboldened by his example, got up and accosted others. None knew what hadhappened.

He returned to the seat and found the old man muttering vague interrogations in an undertone. For a whilethey said nothing to one another.

The sense of this gigantic struggle, so near and yet so remote, oppressed Graham's imagination. Was this oldman right, was the report of the people right, and were the revolutionaries winning? Or were they all inerror, and were the red guards driving all before them? At any time the flood of warfare might pour into thissilent quarter of the city and seize upon him again. It behoved him to learn all he could while there was time.He turned suddenly to the old man with a question and left it unsaid. But his motion moved the old man tospeech again.

"Eh! but how things work together!" said the old man. "This Sleeper that all the fools put their trust in! I've

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 58: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

the whole history of it--I was always a good one for histories. When I was a boy--I'm that old--I used toread printed books. You'd hardly think it. Likely you've seen none--they rot and dust so--and the SanitaryCompany burns them to make ashlarite. But they were convenient in their dirty way. One learnt a lot. Thesenew-fangled Babble Machines--they don't seem new-fangled to you, eh?--they're easy to hear, easy toforget. But I've traced all the Sleeper business from the first."

"You will scarcely believe it," said Graham slowly, "I'm so ignorant--I've been so preoccupied in my ownlittle affairs, my circumstances have been so odd--I know nothing of this Sleeper's history. Who was he?"

"Eh!" said the old man. "I know, I know. He was a poor nobody, and set on a playful woman, poor soul! Andhe fell into a trance. There's the old things they had, those brown things--silver photographs--still showinghim as he lay, a gross and a half years ago--a gross and a half of years."

"Set on a playful woman, poor soul," said Graham softly to himself, and then aloud, "Yes--well go on."

"You must know he had a cousin named Warming, a solitary man without children, who made a big fortunespeculating in roads--the first Eadhamite roads. But surely you've heard? No? Why? He bought all thepatent rights and made a big company. In those days there were grosses of grosses of separate businessesand business companies. Grosses of grosses! His roads killed the railroads--the old things--in two dozenyears; he bought up and Eadhamited the tracks. And because he didn't want to break up his great propertyor let in shareholders, he left it all to the Sleeper, and put it under a Board of Trustees that he had picked andtrained. He knew then the Sleeper wouldn't wake, that he would go on sleeping, sleeping till he died. Heknew that quite well! And plump! a man in the United States, who had lost two sons in a boat accident,followed that up with another great bequest. His trustees found themselves with a dozen myriads of lions'-worth or more of property at the very beginning."

"What was his name?"

"Graham."

"No--I mean--that American's."

"Isbister."

"Isbister!" cried Graham. "Why, I don't even know the name."

"Of course not," said the old man. "Of course not. People don't learn much in the schools nowadays. But Iknow all about him. He was a rich American who went from England, and he left the Sleeper even morethan Warming. How he made it? That I don't know. Something about pictures by machinery. But he made itand left it, and so the Council had its start. It was just a council of trustees at first."

"And how did it grow?"

"Eh!--but you're not up to things. Money attracts money--and twelve brains are better than one. Theyplayed it cleverly. They worked politics with money, and kept on adding to the money by working currencyand tariffs. They grew--they grew. And for years the twelve trustees hid the growing of the Sleeper's estateunder double names and company titles and all that. The Council spread by title deed, mortgage, share,every political party, every newspaper they bought. If you listen to the old stories you will see the Councilgrowing and growing. Billions and billions of lions at last--the Sleeper's estate. And all growing out of awhim--out of this Warming's will, and an accident to Isbister's sons.

"Men are strange," said the old man. "The strange thing to me is how the Council worked together so long.As many as twelve. But they worked in cliques from the first. And they've slipped back. In my young daysspeaking of the Council was like an ignorant man speaking of God. We didn't think they could do wrong. Wedidn't know of their women and all that! Or else I've got wiser.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 59: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

"Men are strange," said the old man. "Here are you, young and ignorant, and me--sevendy years old, and Imight reasonably before getting--explaining it all to you short and clear.

"Sevendy," he said, "sevendy, and I hear and see--hear better than I see. And reason clearly, and keepmyself up to all the happenings of things. Sevendy!

"Life is strange. I was twaindy before Ostrog was a baby. I remember him long before he'd pushed his wayto the head of the Wind Vanes Control. I've seen many changes. Eh! I've worn the blue. And at last I'vecome to see this crush and darkness and tumult and dead men carried by in heaps on the ways. And all hisdoing! All his doing!"

His voice died away in scarcely articulate praises of Ostrog.

Graham thought. "Let me see," he said, "if I have it right."

He extended a hand and ticked off points upon his fingers. "The Sleeper has been asleep--"

"Changed," said the old man.

"Perhaps. And meanwhile the Sleeper's property grew in the hands of Twelve Trustees, until it swallowedup nearly all the great ownership of the world. The Twelve Trustees--by virtue of this property have becomemasters of the world. Because they are the paying power--just as the old English Parliament used to be--"

"Eh!" said the old man. "That's so--that's a good comparison.You're not so--"

"And now this Ostrog--has suddenly revolutionised the world by waking theSleeper--whom no one but the superstitious, common people had ever dreamtwould wake again--raising the Sleeper to claim his property from theCouncil, after all these years."

The old man endorsed this statement with a cough. "It's strange," he said, "to meet a man who learns thesethings for the first time to-night."

"Aye," said Graham, "it's strange."

"Have you been in a Pleasure City?" said the old man. "All my life I've longed--" He laughed. "Even now,"he said, "I could enjoy a little fun. Enjoy seeing things, anyhow." He mumbled a sentence Graham did notunderstand.

"The Sleeper--when did he awake?" said Graham suddenly.

"Three days ago."

"Where is he?"

"Ostrog has him. He escaped from the Council not four hours ago. My dear sir, where were you at thetime? He was in the hall of the markets--where the fighting has been. All the city was screaming about it.All the Babble Machines. Everywhere it was shouted. Even the fools who speak for the Council wereadmitting it. Everyone was rushing off to see him--everyone was getting arms. Were you drunk or asleep?And even then! But you're joking! Surely you're pretending. It was to stop the shouting of the BabbleMachines and prevent the people gathering that they turned off the electricity--and put this damneddarkness upon us. Do you mean to say--?"

"I had heard the Sleeper was rescued," said Graham. "But--to come back a minute. Are you sure Ostrog

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 60: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

has him?"

"He won't let him go," said the old man.

"And the Sleeper. Are you sure he is not genuine? I have never heard--"

"So all the fools think. So they think. As if there wasn't a thousand things that were never heard. I knowOstrog too well for that. Did I tell you? In a way I'm a sort of relation of Ostrog's. A sort of relation.Through my daughter-in-law."

"I suppose--"

"Well?"

"I suppose there's no chance of this Sleeper asserting himself. I suppose he's certain to be a puppet--inOstrog's hands or the Council's, as soon as the struggle is over."

"In Ostrog's hands--certainly. Why shouldn't he be a puppet? Look at his position. Everything done for him,every pleasure possible. Why should he want to assert himself?"

"What are these Pleasure Cities?" said Graham, abruptly.

The old man made him repeat the question. When at last he was assured ofGraham's words, he nudged him violently. "That's too much," said he."You're poking fun at an old man. I've been suspecting you know more thanyou pretend."

"Perhaps I do," said Graham. "But no! why should I go on acting? No, I do not know what a Pleasure Cityis."

The old man laughed in an intimate way.

"What is more, I do not know how to read your letters, I do not know what money you use, I do not knowwhat foreign countries there are. I do not know where I am. I cannot count. I do not know where to getfood, nor drink, nor shelter."

"Come, come," said the old man, "if you had a glass of drink now, would you put it in your ear or your eye?"

"I want you to tell me all these things."

"He, he! Well, gentlemen who dress in silk must have their fun." A withered hand caressed Graham's armfor a moment. "Silk. Well, well! But, all the same, I wish I was the man who was put up as the Sleeper. He'llhave a fine time of it. All the pomp and pleasure. He's a queer looking face. When they used to let anyonego to see him, I've got tickets and been. The image of the real one, as the photographs show him, thissubstitute used to be. Yellow. But he'll get fed up. It's a queer world. Think of the luck of it. The luck of it. Iexpect he'll be sent to Capri. It's the best fun for a greener."

His cough overtook him again. Then he began mumbling enviously of pleasures and strange delights. "Theluck of it, the luck of it! All my life I've been in London, hoping to get my chance."

"But you don't know that the Sleeper died," said Graham, suddenly.

The old man made him repeat his words.

"Men don't live beyond ten dozen. It's not in the order of things," said the old man. "I'm not a fool. Fools maybelieve it, but not me."

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 61: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

Graham became angry with the old man's assurance. "Whether you are a fool or not," he said, "it happensyou are wrong about the Sleeper."

"Eh?"

"You are wrong about the Sleeper. I haven't told you before, but I will tell you now. You are wrong about theSleeper."

"How do you know? I thought you didn't know anything--not even aboutPleasure Cities."

Graham paused.

"You don't know," said the old man. "How are you to know? It's very few men--"

"I am the Sleeper."

He had to repeat it.

There was a brief pause. "There's a silly thing to say, sir, if you'll excuse me. It might get you into trouble ina time like this," said the old man.

Graham, slightly dashed, repeated his assertion.

"I was saying I was the Sleeper. That years and years ago I did, indeed, fall asleep, in a little stone-builtvillage, in the days when there were hedgerows, and villages, and inns, and all the countryside cut up intolittle pieces, little fields. Have you never heard of those days? And it is I--I who speak to you--whoawakened again these four days since."

"Four days since!--the Sleeper! But they've got the Sleeper. They have him and they won't let him go.Nonsense! You've been talking sensibly enough up to now. I can see it as though I was there. There will beLincoln like a keeper just behind him; they won't let him go about alone. Trust them. You're a queer fellow.One of these fun pokers. I see now why you have been clipping your words so oddly, but--"

He stopped abruptly, and Graham could see his gesture.

"As if Ostrog would let the Sleeper run about alone! No, you're telling that to the wrong man altogether. Eh!as if I should believe. What's your game? And besides, we've been talking of the Sleeper."

Graham stood up. "Listen," he said. "I am the Sleeper."

"You're an odd man," said the old man, "to sit here in the dark, talking clipped, and telling a lie of that sort.But--"

Graham's exasperation fell to laughter. "It is preposterous," he cried."Preposterous. The dream must end. It gets wilder and wilder. Here amI--in this damned twilight--I never knew a dream in twilight before--ananachronism by two hundred years and trying to persuade an old fool thatI am myself, and meanwhile--Ugh!"

He moved in gusty irritation and went striding. In a moment the old man was pursuing him. "Eh! but don'tgo!" cried the old man. "I'm an old fool, I know. Don't go. Don't leave me in all this darkness."

Graham hesitated, stopped. Suddenly the folly of telling his secret flashed into his mind.

"I didn't mean to offend you--disbelieving you," said the old man coming near. "It's no manner of harm. Call

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 62: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

yourself the Sleeper if it pleases you. 'Tis a foolish trick--"

Graham hesitated, turned abruptly and went on his way.

For a time he heard the old man's hobbling pursuit and his wheezy cries receding. But at last the darknessswallowed him, and Graham saw him no more.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 63: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

CHAPTER XIIOSTROG

Graham could now take a clearer view of his position. For a long time yet he wandered, but after the talk ofthe old man his discovery of this Ostrog was clear in his mind as the final inevitable decision. One thing wasevident, those who were at the headquarters of the revolt had succeeded very admirably in suppressing thefact of his disappearance. But every moment he expected to hear the report of his death or of his recaptureby the Council.

Presently a man stopped before him. "Have you heard?" he said.

"No!" said Graham, starting.

"Near a dozand," said the man, "a dozand men!" and hurried on.

A number of men and a girl passed in the darkness, gesticulating and shouting: "Capitulated! Given up!" "Adozand of men." "Two dozand of men." "Ostrog, Hurrah! Ostrog, Hurrah!" These cries receded, becameindistinct.

Other shouting men followed. For a time his attention was absorbed in the fragments of speech he heard.He had a doubt whether all were speaking English. Scraps floated to him, scraps like Pigeon English, like"nigger" dialect, blurred and mangled distortions. He dared accost no one with questions. The impression thepeople gave him jarred altogether with his preconceptions of the struggle and confirmed the old man's faithin Ostrog. It was only slowly he could bring himself to believe that all these people were rejoicing at thedefeat of the Council, that the Council which had pursued him with such power and vigour was after all theweaker of the two sides in conflict. And if that was so, how did it affect him? Several times he hesitated onthe verge of fundamental questions. Once he turned and walked for a long way after a little man of rotundinviting outline, but he was unable to master confidence to address him.

It was only slowly that it came to him that he might ask for the "wind-vane offices" whatever the "wind-vane offices" might be. His first enquiry simply resulted in a direction to go on towards Westminster. Hissecond led to the discovery of a short cut in which he was speedily lost. He was told to leave the ways towhich he had hitherto confined himself--knowing no other means of transit--and to plunge down one of themiddle staircases into the blackness of a cross-way. Thereupon came some trivial adventures; chief of thesean ambiguous encounter with a gruff-voiced invisible creature speaking in a strange dialect that seemed atfirst a strange tongue, a thick flow of speech with the drifting corpses of English Words therein, the dialectof the latter-day vile. Then another voice drew near, a girl's voice singing, "tralala tralala." She spoke toGraham, her English touched with something of the same quality. She professed to have lost her sister, sheblundered needlessly into him he thought, caught hold of him and laughed. But a word of vagueremonstrance sent her into the unseen again.

The sounds about him increased. Stumbling people passed him, speaking excitedly. "They havesurrendered!" "The Council! Surely not the Council!" "They are saying so in the Ways." The passageseemed wider. Suddenly the wall fell away. He was in a great space and people were stirring remotely. Heinquired his way of an indistinct figure. "Strike straight across," said a woman's voice. He left his guidingwall, and in a moment had stumbled against a little table on which were utensils of glass. Graham's eyes,now attuned to darkness, made out a long vista with tables on either side. He went down this. At one or two

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 64: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

of the tables he heard a clang of glass and a sound of eating. There were people then cool enough to dine,or daring enough to steal a meal in spite of social convulsion and darkness. Far off and high up he presentlysaw a pallid light of a semi-circular shape. As he approached this, a black edge came up and hid it. Hestumbled at steps and found himself in a gallery. He heard a sobbing, and found two scared little girlscrouched by a railing. These children became silent at the near sound of feet. He tried to console them, butthey were very still until he left them. Then as he receded he could hear them sobbing again.

Presently he found himself at the foot of a staircase and near a wide opening. He saw a dim twilight abovethis and ascended out of the blackness into a street of moving ways again. Along this a disorderly swarm ofpeople marched shouting. They were singing snatches of the song of the revolt, most of them out of tune.Here and there torches flared creating brief hysterical shadows. He asked his way and was twice puzzledby that same thick dialect. His third attempt won an answer he could understand. He was two miles fromthe wind-vane offices in Westminster, but the way was easy to follow.

When at last he did approach the district of the wind-vane offices it seemed to him, from the cheeringprocessions that came marching along the Ways, from the tumult of rejoicing, and finally from therestoration of the lighting of the city, that the overthrow of the Council must already be accomplished. Andstill no news of his absence came to his ears.

The re-illumination of the city came with startling abruptness. Suddenly he stood blinking, all about him menhalted dazzled, and the world was incandescent. The light found him already upon the outskirts of theexcited crowds that choked the ways near the wind-vane offices, and the sense of visibility and exposurethat came with it turned his colourless intention of joining Ostrog to a keen anxiety.

For a time he was jostled, obstructed, and endangered by men hoarse and weary with cheering his name,some of them bandaged and bloody in his cause. The frontage of the wind-vane offices was illuminated bysome moving picture, but what it was he could not see, because in spite of his strenuous attempts the densityof the crowd prevented his approaching it. From the fragments of speech he caught, he judged it conveyednews of the fighting about the Council House. Ignorance and indecision made him slow and ineffective in hismovements. For a time he could not conceive how he was to get within the unbroken facade of this place.He made his way slowly into the midst of this mass of people, until he realised that the descending staircaseof the central way led to the interior of the buildings. This gave him a goal, but the crowding in the centralpath was so dense that it was long before he could reach it. And even then he encountered intricateobstruction, and had an hour of vivid argument first in this guard room and then in that before he could get anote taken to the one man of all men who was most eager to see him. His story was laughed to scorn at oneplace, and wiser for that, when at last he reached a second stairway he professed simply to have news ofextraordinary importance for Ostrog. What it was he would not say. They sent his note reluctantly. For along time he waited in a little room at the foot of the lift shaft, and thither at last came Lincoln, eager,apologetic, astonished. He stopped in the doorway scrutinising Graham, then rushed forward effusively.

"Yes," he cried. "It is you. And you are not dead!"

Graham made a brief explanation.

"My brother is waiting," explained Lincoln. "He is alone in the wind-vane offices. We feared you had beenkilled in the theatre. He doubted--and things are very urgent still in spite of what we are telling them there--or he would have come to you."

They ascended a lift, passed along a narrow passage, crossed a great hall, empty save for two hurryingmessengers, and entered a comparatively little room, whose only furniture was a long settee and a large ovaldisc of cloudy, shifting grey, hung by cables from the wall. There Lincoln left Graham for a space, and heremained alone without understanding the smoky shapes that drove slowly across this disc.

His attention was arrested by a sound that began abruptly. It was cheering, the frantic cheering of a vast but

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 65: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

very remote crowd, a roaring exultation. This ended as sharply as it had begun, like a sound heard betweenthe opening and shutting of a door. In the outer room was a noise of hurrying steps and a melodious clinkingas if a loose chain was running over the teeth of a wheel.

Then he heard the voice of a woman, the rustle of unseen garments. "It is Ostrog!" he heard her say. A littlebell rang fitfully, and then everything was still again.

Presently came voices, footsteps and movement without. The footsteps of some one person detached itselffrom the other sounds, and drew near, firm, evenly measured steps. The curtain lifted slowly. A tall, white-haired man, clad in garments of cream-coloured silk, appeared, regarding Graham from under his raisedarm.

For a moment the white form remained holding the curtain, then dropped it and stood before it. Graham'sfirst impression was of a very broad forehead, very pale blue eyes deep sunken under white brows, anaquiline nose, and a heavily-lined resolute mouth. The folds of flesh over the eyes, the drooping of thecorners of the mouth contradicted the upright bearing, and said the man was old. Graham rose to his feetinstinctively, and for a moment the two men stood in silence, regarding each other.

"You are Ostrog?" said Graham.

"I am Ostrog."

"The Boss?"

"So I am called."

Graham felt the inconvenience of the silence. "I have to thank you chiefly, I understand, for my safety," hesaid presently.

"We were afraid you were killed," said Ostrog. "Or sent to sleep again--for ever. We have been doingeverything to keep our secret--the secret of your disappearance. Where have you been? How did you gethere?"

Graham told him briefly.

Ostrog listened in silence.

He smiled faintly. "Do you know what I was doing when they came to tell me you had come?"

"How can I guess?"

"Preparing your double."

"My double?"

"A man as like you as we could find. We were going to hypnotise him, to save him the difficulty of acting. Itwas imperative. The whole of this revolt depends on the idea that you are awake, alive, and with us. Evennow a great multitude of people has gathered in the theatre clamouring to see you. They do not trust.... Youknow, of course--something of your position?"

"Very little," said Graham.

"It is like this." Ostrog walked a pace or two into the room and turned."You are absolute owner," he said, "of the world. You are King of theEarth. Your powers are limited in many intricate ways, but you are thefigure-head, the popular symbol of government. This White Council, the

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 66: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

Council of Trustees as it is called--"

"I have heard the vague outline of these things."

"I wondered."

"I came upon a garrulous old man."

"I see.... Our masses--the word comes from your days--you know, of course, that we still have masses--regard you as our actual ruler. Just as a great number of people in your days regarded the Crown as theruler. They are discontented--the masses all over the earth--with the rule of your Trustees. For the most partit is the old discontent, the old quarrel of the common man with his commonness--the misery of work anddiscipline and unfitness. But your Trustees have ruled ill. In certain matters, in the administration of theLabour Companies, for example, they have been unwise. They have given endless opportunities. Alreadywe of the popular party were agitating for reforms--when your waking came. Came! If it had beencontrived it could not have come more opportunely." He smiled. "The public mind, making no allowance foryour years of quiescence, had already hit on the thought of waking you and appealing to you, and--Flash!"

He indicated the outbreak by a gesture, and Graham moved his head to show that he understood.

"The Council muddled--quarrelled. They always do. They could not decide what to do with you. You knowhow they imprisoned you?"

"I see. I see. And now--we win?"

"We win. Indeed we win. To-night, in five swift hours. Suddenly we struck everywhere. The wind-vanepeople, the Labour Company and its millions, burst the bonds. We got the pull of the aeroplanes."

"Yes," said Graham.

"That was, of course, essential. Or they could have got away. All the city rose, every third man almost wasin it! All the blue, all the public services, save only just a few aeronauts and about half the red police. Youwere rescued, and their own police of the ways--not half of them could be massed at the Council House--have been broken up, disarmed or killed. All London is ours--now. Only the Council House remains.

"Half of those who remain to them of the red police were lost in that foolish attempt to recapture you. Theylost their heads when they lost you. They flung all they had at the theatre. We cut them off from the CouncilHouse there. Truly to-night has been a night of victory. Everywhere your star has blazed. A day ago--theWhite Council ruled as it has ruled for a gross of years, for a century and a half of years, and then, with onlya little whispering, a covert arming here and there, suddenly--So!"

"I am very ignorant," said Graham. "I suppose--I do not clearly understand the conditions of this fighting. Ifyou could explain. Where is the Council? Where is the fight?"

Ostrog stepped across the room, something clicked, and suddenly, save for an oval glow, they were indarkness. For a moment Graham was puzzled.

Then he saw that the cloudy grey disc had taken depth and colour, had assumed the appearance of an ovalwindow looking out upon a strange unfamiliar scene.

At the first glance he was unable to guess what this scene might be. It was a daylight scene, the daylight ofa wintry day, grey and clear. Across the picture, and halfway as it seemed between him and the remoterview, a stout cable of twisted white wire stretched vertically. Then he perceived that the rows of greatwind-wheels he saw, the wide intervals, the occasional gulfs of darkness, were akin to those through whichhe had fled from the Council House. He distinguished an orderly file of red figures marching across an open

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 67: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

space between files of men in black, and realised before Ostrog spoke that he was looking down on theupper surface of latter-day London. The overnight snows had gone. He judged that this mirror was somemodern replacement of the camera obscura, but that matter was not explained to him. He saw that thoughthe file of red figures was trotting from left to right, yet they were passing out of the picture to the left. Hewondered momentarily, and then saw that the picture was passing slowly, panorama fashion, across theoval.

"In a moment you will see the fighting," said Ostrog at his elbow. "Those fellows in red you notice areprisoners. This is the roof space of London--all the houses are practically continuous now. The streets andpublic squares are covered in. The gaps and chasms of your time have disappeared."

Something out of focus obliterated half the picture. Its form suggested a man. There was a gleam of metal,a flash, something that swept across the oval, as the eyelid of a bird sweeps across its eye, and the picturewas clear again. And now Graham beheld men running down among the wind-wheels, pointing weaponsfrom which jetted out little smoky flashes. They swarmed thicker and thicker to the right, gesticulating--itmight be they were shouting, but of that the picture told nothing. They and the wind-wheels passed slowlyand steadily across the field of the mirror.

"Now," said Ostrog, "comes the Council House," and slowly a black edge crept into view and gatheredGraham's attention. Soon it was no longer an edge but a cavity, a huge blackened space amidst theclustering edifices, and from it thin spires of smoke rose into the pallid winter sky. Gaunt ruinous masses ofthe building, mighty truncated piers and girders, rose dismally out of this cavernous darkness. And overthese vestiges of some splendid place, countless minute men were clambering, leaping, swarming.

"This is the Council House," said Ostrog. "Their last stronghold. And the fools wasted enough ammunition tohold out for a month in blowing up the buildings all about them--to stop our attack. You heard the smash? Itshattered half the brittle glass in the city."

And while he spoke, Graham saw that beyond this area of ruins, overhanging it and rising to a great height,was a ragged mass of white building. This mass had been isolated by the ruthless destruction of itssurroundings. Black gaps marked the passages the disaster had torn apart; big halls had been slashed openand the decoration of their interiors showed dismally in the wintry dawn, and down the jagged walls hungfestoons of divided cables and twisted ends of lines and metallic rods. And amidst all the vast details movedlittle red specks, the red-clothed defenders of the Council. Every now and then faint flashes illuminated thebleak shadows. At the first sight it seemed to Graham that an attack upon this isolated white building was inprogress, but then he perceived that the party of the revolt was not advancing, but sheltered amidst thecolossal wreckage that encircled this last ragged stronghold of the red-garbed men, was keeping up a fitfulfiring.

And not ten hours ago he had stood beneath the ventilating fans in a little chamber within that remotebuilding wondering what was happening in the world!

Looking more attentively as this warlike episode moved silently across the centre of the mirror, Graham sawthat the white building was surrounded on every side by ruins, and Ostrog proceeded to describe in concisephrases how its defenders had sought by such destruction to isolate themselves from a storm. He spoke ofthe loss of men that huge downfall had entailed in an indifferent tone. He indicated an improvised mortuaryamong the wreckage, showed ambulances swarming like cheese-mites along a ruinous groove that had oncebeen a street of moving ways. He was more interested in pointing out the parts of the Council House, thedistribution of the besiegers. In a little while the civil contest that had convulsed London was no longer amystery to Graham. It was no tumultuous revolt had occurred that night, no equal warfare, but a splendidlyorganised coup d'etat. Ostrog's grasp of details was astonishing; he seemed to know the business of eventhe smallest knot of black and red specks that crawled amidst these places.

He stretched a huge black arm across the luminous picture, and showed the room whence Graham had

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 68: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

escaped, and across the chasm of ruins the course of his flight. Graham recognised the gulf across whichthe gutter ran, and the wind-wheels where he had crouched from the flying machine. The rest of his pathhad succumbed to the explosion. He looked again at the Council House, and it was already half hidden, andon the right a hillside with a cluster of domes and pinnacles, hazy, dim and distant, was gliding into view.

"And the Council is really overthrown?" he said.

"Overthrown," said Ostrog.

"And I--. Is it indeed true that I--?"

"You are Master of the World."

"But that white flag--"

"That is the flag of the Council--the flag of the Rule of the World. It will fall. The fight is over. Their attackon the theatre was their last frantic struggle. They have only a thousand men or so, and some of these menwill be disloyal. They have little ammunition. And we are reviving the ancient arts. We are casting guns."

"But--help. Is this city the world?"

"Practically this is all they have left to them of their empire. Abroad the cities have either revolted with us orwait the issue. Your awakening has perplexed them, paralysed them."

"But haven't the Council flying machines? Why is there no fighting with them?"

"They had. But the greater part of the aeronauts were in the revolt with us. They wouldn't take the risk offighting on our side, but they would not stir against us. We had to get a pull with the aeronauts. Quite halfwere with us, and the others knew it. Directly they knew you had got away, those looking for you dropped.We killed the man who shot at you--an hour ago. And we occupied the flying stages at the outset in everycity we could, and so stopped and captured the greater aeroplanes, and as for the little flying machines thatturned out--for some did--we kept up too straight and steady a fire for them to get near the Council House.If they dropped they couldn't rise again, because there's no clear space about there for them to get up.Several we have smashed, several others have dropped and surrendered, the rest have gone off to theContinent to find a friendly city if they can before their fuel runs out. Most of these men were only too gladto be taken prisoner and kept out of harm's way. Upsetting in a flying machine isn't a very attractiveprospect. There's no chance for the Council that way. Its days are done."

He laughed and turned to the oval reflection again to show Graham what he meant by flying stages. Eventhe four nearer ones were remote and obscured by a thin morning haze. But Graham could perceive theywere very vast structures, judged even by the standard of the things about them.

And then as these dim shapes passed to the left there came again the sight of the expanse across which thedisarmed men in red had been marching. And then the black ruins, and then again the beleaguered whitefastness of the Council. It appeared no longer a ghostly pile, but glowing amber in the sunlight, for a cloudshadow had passed. About it the pigmy struggle still hung in suspense, but now the red defenders were nolonger firing.

So, in a dusky stillness, the man from the nineteenth century saw the closing scene of the great revolt, theforcible establishment of his rule. With a quality of startling discovery it came to him that this was his world,and not that other he had left behind; that this was no spectacle to culminate and cease; that in this world laywhatever life was still before him, lay all his duties and dangers and responsibilities. He turned with freshquestions. Ostrog began to answer them, and then broke off abruptly. "But these things I must explain morefully later. At present there are--duties. The people are coming by the moving ways towards this ward fromevery part of the city--the markets and theatres are densely crowded. You are just in time for them. They

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 69: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

are clamouring to see you. And abroad they want to see you. Paris, New York, Chicago, Denver, Capri--thousands of cities are up and in a tumult, undecided, and clamouring to see you. They have clamoured thatyou should be awakened for years, and now it is done they will scarcely believe--"

"But surely--I can't go ..."

Ostrog answered from the other side of the room, and the picture on the oval disc paled and vanished as thelight jerked back again. "There are kineto-telephoto-graphs," he said. "As you bow to the people here--allover the world myriads of myriads of people, packed and still in darkened halls, will see you also. In blackand white, of course--not like this. And you will hear their shouts reinforcing the shouting in the hall.

"And there is an optical contrivance we shall use," said Ostrog, "used by some of the posturers and womendancers. It may be novel to you. You stand in a very bright light, and they see not you but a magnified imageof you thrown on a screen--so that even the furtherest man in the remotest gallery can, if he chooses, countyour eyelashes."

Graham clutched desperately at one of the questions in his mind. "What is the population of London?" hesaid.

"Eight and twaindy myriads."

"Eight and what?"

"More than thirty-three millions."

These figures went beyond Graham's imagination.

"You will be expected to say something," said Ostrog. "Not what you used to call a Speech, but what ourpeople call a word--just one sentence, six or seven words. Something formal. If I might suggest--'I haveawakened and my heart is with you.' That is the sort of thing they want."

"What was that?" asked Graham.

"'I am awakened and my heart is with you.' And bow--bow royally. But first we must get you black robes--for black is your colour. Do you mind? And then they will disperse to their homes."

Graham hesitated. "I am in your hands," he said.

Ostrog was clearly of that opinion. He thought for a moment, turned to the curtain and called brief directionsto some unseen attendants. Almost immediately a black robe, the very fellow of the black robe Graham hadworn in the theatre, was brought. And as he threw it about his shoulders there came from the room withoutthe shrilling of a high-pitched bell. Ostrog turned in interrogation to the attendant, then suddenly seemed tochange his mind, pulled the curtain aside and disappeared.

For a moment Graham stood with the deferential attendant listening to Ostrog's retreating steps. There wasa sound of quick question and answer and of men running. The curtain was snatched back and Ostrogreappeared, his massive face glowing with excitement. He crossed the room in a stride, clicked the roominto darkness, gripped Graham's arm and pointed to the mirror.

"Even as we turned away," he said.

Graham saw his index finger, black and colossal, above the mirrored Council House. For a moment he didnot understand. And then he perceived that the flagstaff that had carried the white banner was bare.

"Do you mean--?" he began.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 70: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

"The Council has surrendered. Its rule is at an end for evermore."

"Look!" and Ostrog pointed to a coil of black that crept in little jerks up the vacant flagstaff, unfolding as itrose.

The oval picture paled as Lincoln pulled the curtain aside and entered.

"They are clamorous," he said.

Ostrog kept his grip of Graham's arm.

"We have raised the people," he said. "We have given them arms. For to-day at least their wishes must belaw."

Lincoln held the curtain open for Graham and Ostrog to pass through....

On his way to the markets Graham had a transitory glance of a long narrow white-walled room in whichmen in the universal blue canvas were carrying covered things like biers, and about which men in medicalpurple hurried to and fro. From this room came groans and wailing. He had an impression of an emptyblood-stained couch, of men on other couches, bandaged and blood-stained. It was just a glimpse from arailed footway and then a buttress hid the place and they were going on towards the markets....

The roar of the multitude was near now: it leapt to thunder. And, arresting his attention, a fluttering of blackbanners, the waving of blue canvas and brown rags, and the swarming vastness of the theatre near thepublic markets came into view down a long passage. The picture opened out. He perceived they wereentering the great theatre of his first appearance, the great theatre he had last seen as a chequer-work ofglare and blackness in his flight from the red police. This time he entered it along a gallery at a level highabove the stage. The place was now brilliantly lit again. His eyes sought the gangway up which he had fled,but he could not tell it from among its dozens of fellows; nor could he see anything of the smashed seats,deflated cushions, and such like traces of the fight because of the density of the people. Except the stagethe whole place was closely packed. Looking down the effect was a vast area of stippled pink, each dot astill upturned face regarding him. At his appearance with Ostrog the cheering died away, the singing diedaway, a common interest stilled and unified the disorder. It seemed as though every individual of thosemyriads was watching him.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 71: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

CHAPTER XIIITHE END OF THE OLD ORDER

So far as Graham was able to judge, it was near midday when the white banner of the Council fell. Butsome hours had to elapse before it was possible to effect the formal capitulation, and so after he had spokenhis "Word" he retired to his new apartments in the wind-vane offices. The continuous excitement of the lasttwelve hours had left him inordinately fatigued, even his curiosity was exhausted; for a space he sat inertand passive with open eyes, and for a space he slept. He was roused by two medical attendants, comeprepared with stimulants to sustain him through the next occasion. After he had taken their drugs and bathedby their advice in cold water, he felt a rapid return of interest and energy, and was presently able and willingto accompany Ostrog through several miles (as it seemed) of passages, lifts, and slides to the closing sceneof the White Council's rule.

The way ran deviously through a maze of buildings. They came at last to a passage that curved about, andshowed broadening before him an oblong opening, clouds hot with sunset, and the ragged skyline of theruinous Council House. A tumult of shouts came drifting up to him. In another moment they had come outhigh up on the brow of the cliff of torn buildings that overhung the wreckage. The vast area opened toGraham's eyes, none the less strange and wonderful for the remote view he had had of it in the oval mirror.

This rudely amphitheatral space seemed now the better part of a mile to its outer edge. It was gold lit on theleft hand, catching the sunlight, and below and to the right clear and cold in the shadow. Above the shadowygrey Council House that stood in the midst of it, the great black banner of the surrender still hung in sluggishfolds against the blazing sunset. Severed rooms, halls and passages gaped strangely, broken masses of metalprojected dismally from the complex wreckage, vast masses of twisted cable dropped like tangled seaweed,and from its base came a tumult of innumerable voices, violent concussions, and the sound of trumpets. Allabout this great white pile was a ring of desolation; the smashed and blackened masses, the gauntfoundations and ruinous lumber of the fabric that had been destroyed by the Council's orders, skeletons ofgirders, Titanic masses of wall, forests of stout pillars. Amongst the sombre wreckage beneath, runningwater flashed and glistened, and far away across the space, out of the midst of a vague vast mass ofbuildings, there thrust the twisted end of a water-main, two hundred feet in the air, thunderously spouting ashining cascade. And everywhere great multitudes of people.

Wherever there was space and foothold, people swarmed, little people, small and minutely clear, exceptwhere the sunset touched them to indistinguishable gold. They clambered up the tottering walls, they clung inwreaths and groups about the high-standing pillars. They swarmed along the edges of the circle of ruins.The air was full of their shouting, and they were pressing and swaying towards the central space.

The upper storeys of the Council House seemed deserted, not a human being was visible. Only the droopingbanner of the surrender hung heavily against the light. The dead were within the Council House, or hiddenby the swarming people, or carried away. Graham could see only a few neglected bodies in gaps andcorners of the ruins, and amidst the flowing water.

"Will you let them see you, Sire?" said Ostrog. "They are very anxious to see you."

Graham hesitated, and then walked forward to where the broken verge of wall dropped sheer. He stoodlooking down, a lonely, tall, black figure against the sky.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 72: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

Very slowly the swarming ruins became aware of him. And as they did so little bands of black-uniformedmen appeared remotely, thrusting through the crowds towards the Council House. He saw little black headsbecome pink, looking at him, saw by that means a wave of recognition sweep across the space. It occurredto him that he should accord them some recognition. He held up his arm, then pointed to the Council Houseand dropped his hand. The voices below became unanimous, gathered volume, came up to him asmultitudinous wavelets of cheering.

The western sky was a pallid bluish green, and Jupiter shone high in the south, before the capitulation wasaccomplished. Above was a slow insensible change, the advance of night serene and beautiful; below washurry, excitement, conflicting orders, pauses, spasmodic developments of organisation, a vast ascendingclamour and confusion. Before the Council came out, toiling perspiring men, directed by a conflict of shouts,carried forth hundreds of those who had perished in the hand-to-hand conflict within those long passagesand chambers....

Guards in black lined the way that the Council would come, and as far as the eye could reach into the hazyblue twilight of the ruins, and swarming now at every possible point in the captured Council House and alongthe shattered cliff of its circumadjacent buildings, were innumerable people, and their voices, even whenthey were not cheering, were as the soughing of the sea upon a pebble beach. Ostrog had chosen a hugecommanding pile of crushed and overthrown masonry, and on this a stage of timbers and metal girders wasbeing hastily constructed. Its essential parts were complete, but humming and clangorous machinery stillglared fitfully in the shadows beneath this temporary edifice.

The stage had a small higher portion on which Graham stood with Ostrog and Lincoln close beside him, alittle in advance of a group of minor officers. A broader lower stage surrounded this quarter-deck, and onthis were the black-uniformed guards of the revolt armed with the little green weapons whose very namesGraham still did not know. Those standing about him perceived that his eyes wandered perpetually from theswarming people in the twilight ruins about him to the darkling mass of the White Council House, whencethe Trustees would presently come, and to the gaunt cliffs of ruin that encircled him, and so back to thepeople. The voices of the crowd swelled to a deafening tumult.

He saw the Councillors first afar off in the glare of one of the temporary lights that marked their path, a littlegroup of white figures in a black archway. In the Council House they had been in darkness. He watchedthem approaching, drawing nearer past first this blazing electric star and then that; the minatory roar of thecrowd over whom their power had lasted for a hundred and fifty years marched along beside them. As theydrew still nearer their faces came out weary, white, and anxious. He saw them blinking up through the glareabout him and Ostrog. He contrasted their strange cold looks in the Hall of Atlas.... Presently he couldrecognise several of them; the man who had rapped the table at Howard, a burly man with a red beard, andone delicate-featured, short, dark man with a peculiarly long skull. He noted that two were whisperingtogether and looking behind him at Ostrog. Next there came a tall, dark and handsome man, walkingdowncast. Abruptly he glanced up, his eyes touched Graham for a moment, and passed beyond him toOstrog. The way that had been made for them was so contrived that they had to march past and curveabout before they came to the sloping path of planks that ascended to the stage where their surrender wasto be made.

"The Master, the Master! God and the Master," shouted the people. "To hell with the Council!" Grahamlooked at their multitudes, receding beyond counting into a shouting haze, and then at Ostrog beside him,white and steadfast and still. His eye went again to the little group of White Councillors. And then he lookedup at the familiar quiet stars overhead. The marvellous element in his fate was suddenly vivid. Could that behis indeed, that little life in his memory two hundred years gone by--and this as well?

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 73: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

CHAPTER XIVFROM THE CROW'S NEST

And so after strange delays and through an avenue of doubt and battle, this man from the nineteenth centurycame at last to his position at the head of that complex world.

At first when he rose from the long deep sleep that followed his rescue and the surrender of the Council, hedid not recognise his surroundings. By an effort he gained a clue in his mind, and all that had happened cameback to him, at first with a quality of insincerity like a story heard, like something read out of a book. Andeven before his memories were clear, the exultation of his escape, the wonder of his prominence were backin his mind. He was owner of the world; Master of the Earth. This new great age was in the completestsense his. He no longer hoped to discover his experiences a dream; he became anxious now to convincehimself that they were real.

An obsequious valet assisted him to dress under the direction of a dignified chief attendant, a little manwhose face proclaimed him Japanese, albeit he spoke English like an Englishman. From the latter he learntsomething of the state of affairs. Already the revolution was an accepted fact; already business was beingresumed throughout the city. Abroad the downfall of the Council had been received for the most part withdelight. Nowhere was the Council popular, and the thousand cities of Western America, after two hundredyears still jealous of New York, London, and the East, had risen almost unanimously two days before at thenews of Graham's imprisonment. Paris was fighting within itself. The rest of the world hung in suspense.

While he was breaking his fast, the sound of a telephone bell jetted from a corner, and his chief attendantcalled his attention to the voice of Ostrog making polite enquiries. Graham interrupted his refreshment toreply. Very shortly Lincoln arrived, and Graham at once expressed a strong desire to talk to people and to beshown more of the new life that was opening before him. Lincoln informed him that in three hours' time arepresentative gathering of officials and their wives would be held in the state apartments of the wind-vaneChief. Graham's desire to traverse the ways of the city was, however, at present impossible, because of theenormous excitement of the people. It was, however, quite possible for him to take a bird's-eye view of thecity from the crow's nest of the wind-vane keeper. To this accordingly Graham was conducted by hisattendant. Lincoln; with a graceful compliment to the attendant, apologised for not accompanying them, onaccount of the present pressure of administrative work.

Higher even than the most gigantic, wind-wheels hung this crow's nest, a clear thousand feet above theroofs, a little disc-shaped speck on a spear of metallic filigree, cable stayed. To its summit Graham wasdrawn in a little wire-hung cradle. Halfway down the frail-seeming stem was a light gallery about whichhung a cluster of tubes--minute they looked from above--rotating slowly on the ring of its outer rail. Thesewere the specula, en rapport with the wind-vane keeper's mirrors, in one of which Ostrog had shown himthe coming of his rule. His Japanese attendant ascended before him and they spent nearly an hour askingand answering questions.

It was a day full of the promise and quality of spring. The touch of the wind warmed. The sky was anintense blue and the vast expanse of London shone dazzling under the morning sun. The air was clear ofsmoke and haze, sweet as the air of a mountain glen.

Save for the irregular oval of ruins about the House of the Council and the black flag of the surrender thatfluttered there, the mighty city seen from above showed few signs of the swift revolution that had, to his

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 74: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

imagination, in one night and one day, changed the destinies of the world. A multitude of people stillswarmed over these ruins, and the huge openwork stagings in the distance from which started in times ofpeace the service of aeroplanes to the various great cities of Europe and America, were also black with thevictors. Across a narrow way of planking raised on trestles that crossed the ruins a crowd of workmenwere busy restoring the connection between the cables and wires of the Council House and the rest of thecity, preparatory to the transfer thither of Ostrog's headquarters from the Wind-Vane buildings.

For the rest the luminous expanse was undisturbed. So vast was its serenity in comparison with the areas ofdisturbance, that presently Graham, looking beyond them, could almost forget the thousands of men lying outof sight in the artificial glare within the quasi-subterranean labyrinth, dead or dying of the overnight wounds,forget the improvised wards with the hosts of surgeons, nurses, and bearers feverishly busy, forget, indeed,all the wonder, consternation and novelty under the electric lights. Down there in the hidden ways of theanthill he knew that the revolution triumphed, that black everywhere carried the day, black favours, blackbanners, black festoons across the streets. And out here, under the fresh sunlight, beyond the crater of thefight, as if nothing had happened to the earth, the forest of wind vanes that had grown from one or twowhile the Council had ruled, roared peacefully upon their incessant duty.

Far away, spiked, jagged and indented by the wind vanes, the Surrey Hills rose blue and faint; to the northand nearer, the sharp contours of Highgate and Muswell Hill were similarly jagged. And all over thecountryside, he knew, on every crest and hill, where once the hedges had interlaced, and cottages, churches,inns, and farm houses had nestled among their trees, wind-wheels similar to those he saw and bearing likethem vast advertisements, gaunt and distinctive symbols of the new age, cast their whirling shadows andstored incessantly the energy that flowed away incessantly through all the arteries of the city. Andunderneath these wandered the countless flocks and herds of the British Food Trust, his property, with theirlonely guards and keepers.

Not a familiar outline anywhere broke the cluster of gigantic shapes below. St. Paul's he knew survived, andmany of the old buildings in Westminster, embedded out of sight, arched over and covered in among thegiant growths of this great age. The Thames, too, made no fall and gleam of silver to break the wildernessof the city; the thirsty water mains drank up every drop of its waters before they reached the walls. Its bedand estuary, scoured and sunken, was now a canal of sea water, and a race of grimy bargemen brought theheavy materials of trade from the Pool thereby beneath the very feet of the workers. Faint and dim in theeastward between earth and sky hung the clustering masts of the colossal shipping in the Pool. For all theheavy traffic, for which there was no need of haste, came in gigantic sailing ships from the ends of theearth, and the heavy goods for which there was urgency in mechanical ships of a smaller swifter sort.

And to the south over the hills came vast aqueducts with sea water for the sewers, and in three separatedirections ran pallid lines--the roads, stippled with moving grey specks. On the first occasion that offered hewas determined to go out and see these roads. That would come after the flying ship he was presently totry. His attendant officer described them as a pair of gently curving surfaces a hundred yards wide, eachone for the traffic going in one direction, and made of a substance called Eadhamite--an artificial substance,so far as he could gather, resembling toughened glass. Along this shot a strange traffic of narrow rubber-shod vehicles, great single wheels, two and four wheeled vehicles, sweeping along at velocities of from oneto six miles a minute. Railroads had vanished; a few embankments remained as rust-crowned trenches hereand there. Some few formed the cores of Eadhamite ways.

Among the first things to strike his attention had been the great fleets of advertisement balloons and kitesthat receded in irregular vistas northward and southward along the lines of the aeroplane journeys. No greataeroplanes were to be seen. Their passages had ceased, and only one little-seeming monoplane circled highin the blue distance above the Surrey Hills, an unimpressive soaring speck.

A thing Graham had already learnt, and which he found very hard to imagine, was that nearly all the townsin the country, and almost all the villages, had disappeared. Here and there only, he understood, some

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 75: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

gigantic hotel-like edifice stood amid square miles of some single cultivation and preserved the name of atown--as Bournemouth, Wareham, or Swanage. Yet the officer had speedily convinced him how inevitablesuch a change had been. The old order had dotted the country with farmhouses, and every two or threemiles was the ruling landlord's estate, and the place of the inn and cobbler, the grocer's shop and church--thevillage. Every eight miles or so was the country town, where lawyer, corn merchant, wool-stapler, saddler,veterinary surgeon, doctor, draper, milliner and so forth lived. Every eight miles--simply because that eightmile marketing journey, four there and back, was as much as was comfortable for the farmer. But directlythe railways came into play, and after them the light railways, and all the swift new motor cars that hadreplaced waggons and horses, and so soon as the high roads began to be made of wood, and rubber, andEadhamite, and all sorts of elastic durable substances--the necessity of having such frequent market townsdisappeared. And the big towns grew. They drew the worker with the gravitational force of seeminglyendless work, the employer with their suggestion of an infinite ocean of labour.

And as the standard of comfort rose, as the complexity of the mechanism of living increased, life in thecountry had become more and more costly, or narrow and impossible. The disappearance of vicar andsquire, the extinction of the general practitioner by the city specialist; had robbed the village of its last touchof culture. After telephone, kinematograph and phonograph had replaced newspaper, book, schoolmaster,and letter, to live outside the range of the electric cables was to live an isolated savage. In the country wereneither means of being clothed nor fed (according to the refined conceptions of the time), no efficientdoctors for an emergency, no company and no pursuits.

Moreover, mechanical appliances in agriculture made one engineer the equivalent of thirty labourers. So,inverting the condition of the city clerk in the days when London was scarce inhabitable because of thecoaly foulness of its air, the labourers now came to the city and its life and delights at night to leave it againin the morning. The city had swallowed up humanity; man had entered upon a new stage in his development.First had come the nomad, the hunter, then had followed the agriculturist of the agricultural state, whosetowns and cities and ports were but the headquarters and markets of the countryside. And now, logicalconsequence of an epoch of invention, was this huge new aggregation of men.

Such things as these, simple statements of fact though they were to contemporary men, strained Graham'simagination to picture. And when he glanced "over beyond there" at the strange things that existed on theContinent, it failed him altogether.

He had a vision of city beyond city; cities on great plains, cities beside great rivers, vast cities along the seamargin, cities girdled by snowy mountains. Over a great part of the earth the English tongue was spoken;taken together with its Spanish American and Hindoo and Negro and "Pidgin" dialects, it was the everyday-language of two-thirds of humanity. On the Continent, save as remote and curious survivals, three otherlanguages alone held sway--German, which reached to Antioch and Genoa and jostled Spanish-English atCadiz; a Gallicised Russian which met the Indian English in Persia and Kurdistan and the "Pidgin" English inPekin; and French still clear and brilliant, the language of lucidity, which shared the Mediterranean with theIndian English and German and reached through a negro dialect to the Congo.

And everywhere now through the city-set earth, save in the administered "black belt" territories of thetropics, the same cosmopolitan social organisation prevailed, and everywhere from Pole to Equator hisproperty and his responsibilities extended. The whole world was civilised; the whole world dwelt in cities;the whole world was his property....

Out of the dim south-west, glittering and strange, voluptuous, and in some way terrible, shone those PleasureCities of which the kinematograph-phonograph and the old man in the street had spoken. Strange placesreminiscent of the legendary Sybaris, cities of art and beauty, mercenary art and mercenary beauty, sterilewonderful cities of motion and music, whither repaired all who profited by the fierce, inglorious, economicstruggle that went on in the glaring labyrinth below.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 76: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

Fierce he knew it was. How fierce he could judge from the fact that these latter-day people referred backto the England of the nineteenth century as the figure of an idyllic easy-going life. He turned his eyes to thescene immediately before him again, trying to conceive the big factories of that intricate maze....

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 77: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

CHAPTER XVPROMINENT PEOPLE

The state apartments of the Wind Vane Keeper would have astonished Graham had he entered them freshfrom his nineteenth century life, but already he was growing accustomed to the scale of the new time. Hecame out through one of the now familiar sliding panels upon a plateau of landing at the head of a flight ofvery broad and gentle steps, with men and women far more brilliantly dressed than any he had hitherto seen,ascending and descending. From this position he looked down a vista of subtle and varied ornament inlustreless white and mauve and purple, spanned by bridges that seemed wrought of porcelain and filigree,and terminating far off in a cloudy mystery of perforated screens.

Glancing upward, he saw tier above tier of ascending galleries with faces looking down upon him. The airwas full of the babble of innumerable voices and of a music that descended from above, a gay andexhilarating music whose source he did not discover.

The central aisle was thick with people, but by no means uncomfortably crowded; altogether that assemblymust have numbered many thousands. They were brilliantly, even fantastically dressed, the men as fancifullyas the women, for the sobering influence of the Puritan conception of dignity upon masculine dress had longsince passed away. The hair of the men, too, though it was rarely worn long, was commonly curled in amanner that suggested the barber, and baldness had vanished from the earth. Frizzy straight-cut masses thatwould have charmed Rossetti abounded, and one gentleman, who was pointed out to Graham under themysterious title of an "amorist," wore his hair in two becoming plaits a la Marguerite. The pigtail was inevidence; it would seem that citizens of Chinese extraction were no longer ashamed of their race. Therewas little uniformity of fashion apparent in the forms of clothing worn. The more shapely men displayedtheir symmetry in trunk hose, and here were puffs and slashes, and there a cloak and there a robe. Thefashions of the days of Leo the Tenth were perhaps the prevailing influence, but the aesthetic conceptions ofthe far east were also patent. Masculine embonpoint, which, in Victorian times, would have been subjectedto the buttoned perils, the ruthless exaggeration of tight-legged tight-armed evening dress, now formed butthe basis of a wealth of dignity and drooping folds. Graceful slenderness abounded also. To Graham, atypically stiff man from a typically stiff period, not only did these men seem altogether too graceful inperson, but altogether too expressive in their vividly expressive faces. They gesticulated, they expressedsurprise, interest, amusement, above all, they expressed the emotions excited in their minds by the ladiesabout them with astonishing frankness. Even at the first glance it was evident that women were in a greatmajority.

The ladies in the company of these gentlemen displayed in dress, bearing and manner alike, less emphasisand more intricacy. Some affected a classical simplicity of robing and subtlety of fold, after the fashion ofthe First French Empire, and flashed conquering arms and shoulders as Graham passed. Others had closely-fitting dresses without seam or belt at the waist, sometimes with long folds falling from the shoulders. Thedelightful confidences of evening dress had not been diminished by the passage of two centuries.

Everyone's movements seemed graceful. Graham remarked to Lincoln that he saw men as Raphael'scartoons walking, and Lincoln told him that the attainment of an appropriate set of gestures was part ofevery rich person's education. The Master's entry was greeted with a sort of tittering applause, but thesepeople showed their distinguished manners by not crowding upon him nor annoying him by any persistentscrutiny, as he descended the steps towards the floor of the aisle.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 78: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

He had already learnt from Lincoln that these were the leaders of existing London society; almost everyperson there that night was either a powerful official or the immediate connexion of a powerful official.Many had returned from the European Pleasure Cities expressly to welcome him. The aeronauticauthorities, whose defection had played a part in the overthrow of the Council only second to Graham's,were very prominent, and so, too, was the Wind Vane Control. Amongst others there were several of themore prominent officers of the Food Department; the controller of the European Piggeries had a particularlymelancholy and interesting countenance and a daintily cynical manner. A bishop in full canonicals passedathwart Graham's vision, conversing with a gentleman dressed exactly like the traditional Chaucer, includingeven the laurel wreath.

"Who is that?" he asked almost involuntarily.

"The Bishop of London," said Lincoln.

"No--the other, I mean."

"Poet Laureate."

"You still--?"

"He doesn't make poetry, of course. He's a cousin of Wotton--one of the Councillors. But he's one of theRed Rose Royalists--a delightful club--and they keep up the tradition of these things."

"Asano told me there was a King."

"The King doesn't belong. They had to expel him. It's the Stuart blood, I suppose; but really--"

"Too much?"

"Far too much."

Graham did not quite follow all this, but it seemed part of the general inversion of the new age. He bowedcondescendingly to his first introduction. It was evident that subtle distinctions of class prevailed even in thisassembly, that only to a small proportion of the guests, to an inner group, did Lincoln consider it appropriateto introduce him. This first introduction was the Master Aeronaut, a man whose sun-tanned face contrastedoddly with the delicate complexions about him. Just at present his critical defection from the Council madehim a very important person indeed.

His manner contrasted very favourably, according to Graham's ideas, with the general bearing. He offered afew commonplace remarks, assurances of loyalty and frank inquiries about the Master's health. His mannerwas breezy, his accent lacked the easy staccato of latter-day English. He made it admirably clear toGraham that he was a bluff "aerial dog"--he used that phrase--that there was no nonsense about him, that hewas a thoroughly manly fellow and old-fashioned at that, that he didn't profess to know much, and that whathe did not know was not worth knowing. He made a curt bow, ostentatiously free from obsequiousness, andpassed.

"I am glad to see that type endures," said Graham.

"Phonographs and kinematographs," said Lincoln, a little spitefully. "He has studied from the life." Grahamglanced at the burly form again. It was oddly reminiscent.

"As a matter of fact we bought him," said Lincoln. "Partly. And partly he was afraid of Ostrog. Everythingrested with him."

He turned sharply to introduce the Surveyor-General of the Public Schools. This person was a willowy

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 79: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

figure in a blue-grey academic gown, he beamed down upon Graham through pince-nez of a Victorianpattern, and illustrated his remarks by gestures of a beautifully manicured hand. Graham was immediatelyinterested in this gentleman's functions, and asked him a number of singularly direct questions. TheSurveyor-General seemed quietly amused at the Master's fundamental bluntness. He was a little vague as tothe monopoly of education his Company possessed; it was done by contract with the syndicate that ran thenumerous London Municipalities, but he waxed enthusiastic over educational progress since the Victoriantimes. "We have conquered Cram," he said, "completely conquered Cram--there is not an examination left inthe world. Aren't you glad?"

"How do you get the work done?" asked Graham.

"We make it attractive--as attractive as possible. And if it does not attract then--we let it go. We cover animmense field."

He proceeded to details, and they had a lengthy conversation. Graham learnt that University Extension stillexisted in a modified form. "There is a certain type of girl, for example," said the Surveyor-General, dilatingwith a sense of his usefulness, "with a perfect passion for severe studies--when they are not too difficult youknow. We cater for them by the thousand. At this moment," he said with a Napoleonic touch, "nearly fivehundred phonographs are lecturing in different parts of London on the influence exercised by Plato andSwift on the love affairs of Shelley, Hazlitt, and Burns. And afterwards they write essays on the lectures,and the names in order of merit are put in conspicuous places. You see how your little germ has grown? Theilliterate middle-class of your days has quite passed away."

"About the public elementary schools," said Graham. "Do you control them?"

The Surveyor-General did, "entirely." Now, Graham, in his later democratic days, had taken a keen interestin these and his questioning quickened. Certain casual phrases that had fallen from the old man with whomhe had talked in the darkness recurred to him. The Surveyor-General, in effect, endorsed the old man'swords. "We try and make the elementary schools very pleasant for the little children. They will have to workso soon. Just a few simple principles--obedience--industry."

"You teach them very little?"

"Why should we? It only leads to trouble and discontent. We amuse them. Even as it is--there are troubles--agitations. Where the labourers get the ideas, one cannot tell. They tell one another. There are socialisticdreams--anarchy even! Agitators will get to work among them. I take it--I have always taken it--that myforemost duty is to fight against popular discontent. Why should people be made unhappy?"

"I wonder," said Graham thoughtfully. "But there are a great many thingsI want to know."

Lincoln, who had stood watching Graham's face throughout the conversation, intervened. "There areothers," he said in an undertone.

The Surveyor-General of schools gesticulated himself away. "Perhaps," said Lincoln, intercepting a casualglance, "you would like to know some of these ladies?"

The daughter of the Manager of the Piggeries was a particularly charming little person with red hair andanimated blue eyes. Lincoln left him awhile to converse with her, and she displayed herself as quite anenthusiast for the "dear old days," as she called them, that had seen the beginning of his trance. As shetalked she smiled, and her eyes smiled in a manner that demanded reciprocity.

"I have tried," she said, "countless times--to imagine those old romantic days. And to you--they arememories. How strange and crowded the world must seem to you! I have seen photographs and pictures of

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 80: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

the past, the little isolated houses built of bricks made out of burnt mud and all black with soot from yourfires, the railway bridges, the simple advertisements, the solemn savage Puritanical men in strange blackcoats and those tall hats of theirs, iron railway trains on iron bridges overhead, horses and cattle, and evendogs running half wild about the streets. And suddenly, you have come into this!"

"Into this," said Graham.

"Out of your life--out of all that was familiar."

"The old life was not a happy one," said Graham. "I do not regret that."

She looked at him quickly. There was a brief pause. She sighed encouragingly. "No?"

"No," said Graham. "It was a little life--and unmeaning. But this--We thought the world complex andcrowded and civilised enough. Yet I see--although in this world I am barely four days old--looking back onmy own time, that it was a queer, barbaric time--the mere beginning of this new order. The mere beginningof this new order. You will find it hard to understand how little I know."

"You may ask me what you like," she said, smiling at him.

"Then tell me who these people are. I'm still very much in the dark about them. It's puzzling. Are there anyGenerals?"

"Men in hats and feathers?"

"Of course not. No. I suppose they are the men who control the great public businesses. Who is thatdistinguished looking man?"

"That? He's a most important officer. That is Morden. He is managing director of the Antibilious PillDepartment. I have heard that his workers sometimes turn out a myriad myriad pills a day in the twenty-four hours. Fancy a myriad myriad!"

"A myriad myriad. No wonder he looks proud," said Graham. "Pills! What a wonderful time it is! That manin purple?"

"He is not quite one of the inner circle, you know. But we like him. He is really clever and very amusing. Heis one of the heads of the Medical Faculty of our London University. All medical men, you know, wear thatpurple. But, of course, people who are paid by fees for doing something--" She smiled away the socialpretensions of all such people.

"Are any of your great artists or authors here?"

"No authors. They are mostly such queer people--and so preoccupied about themselves. And they quarrelso dreadfully! They will fight, some of them, for precedence on staircases! Dreadful, isn't it? But I thinkWraysbury, the fashionable capillotomist, is here. From Capri."

"Capillotomist," said Graham. "Ah! I remember. An artist! Why not?"

"We have to cultivate him," she said apologetically. "Our heads are in his hands." She smiled.

Graham hesitated at the invited compliment, but his glance was expressive. "Have the arts grown with therest of civilised things?" he said. "Who are your great painters?"

She looked at him doubtfully. Then laughed. "For a moment," she said, "I thought you meant--" She laughedagain. "You mean, of course, those good men you used to think so much of because they could cover greatspaces of canvas with oil-colours? Great oblongs. And people used to put the things in gilt frames and hang

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 81: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

them up in rows in their square rooms. We haven't any. People grew tired of that sort of thing."

"But what did you think I meant?"

She put a finger significantly on a cheek whose glow was above suspicion, and smiled and looked very archand pretty and inviting. "And here," and she indicated her eyelid.

Graham had an adventurous moment. Then a grotesque memory of a picture he had somewhere seen ofUncle Toby and the widow flashed across his mind. An archaic shame came upon him. He became acutelyaware that he was visible to a great number of interested people. "I see," he remarked inadequately. Heturned awkwardly away from her fascinating facility. He looked about him to meet a number of eyes thatimmediately occupied themselves with other things. Possibly he coloured a little. "Who is that talking withthe lady in saffron?" he asked, avoiding her eyes.

The person in question he learnt was one of the great organisers of the American theatres just fresh from agigantic production at Mexico. His face reminded Graham of a bust of Caligula. Another striking lookingman was the Black Labour Master. The phrase at the time made no deep impression, but afterwards itrecurred;--the Black Labour Master? The little lady in no degree embarrassed, pointed out to him acharming little woman as one of the subsidiary wives of the Anglican Bishop of London. She addedencomiums on the episcopal courage--hitherto there had been a rule of clerical monogamy--"neither anatural nor an expedient condition of things. Why should the natural development of the affections bedwarfed and restricted because a man is a priest?"

"And, bye the bye," she added, "are you an Anglican?" Graham was on the verge of hesitating inquiriesabout the status of a "subsidiary wife," apparently an euphemistic phrase, when Lincoln's return broke offthis very suggestive and interesting conversation. They crossed the aisle to where a tall man in crimson, andtwo charming persons in Burmese costume (as it seemed to him) awaited him diffidently. From theircivilities he passed to other presentations.

In a little while his multitudinous impressions began to organise themselves into a general effect. At first theglitter of the gathering had raised all the democrat in Graham; he had felt hostile and satirical. But it is not inhuman nature to resist an atmosphere of courteous regard. Soon the music, the light, the play of colours, theshining arms and shoulders about him, the touch of hands, the transient interest of smiling faces, the frothingsound of skilfully modulated voices, the atmosphere of compliment, interest and respect, had woven togetherinto a fabric of indisputable pleasure. Graham for a time forgot his spacious resolutions. He gave wayinsensibly to the intoxication of the position that was conceded him, his manner became more convincinglyregal, his feet walked assuredly, the black robe fell with a bolder fold and pride ennobled his voice. After all,this was a brilliant interesting world.

He looked up and saw passing across a bridge of porcelain and looking down upon him, a face that wasalmost immediately hidden, the face of the girl he had seen overnight in the little room beyond the theatreafter his escape from the Council. And she was watching him.

For the moment he did not remember when he had seen her, and then came a vague memory of the stirringemotions of their first encounter. But the dancing web of melody about him kept the air of that greatmarching song from his memory.

The lady to whom he talked repeated her remark, and Graham recalled himself to the quasi-regal flirtationupon which he was engaged.

Yet, unaccountably, a vague restlessness, a feeling that grew to dissatisfaction, came into his mind. He wastroubled as if by some half forgotten duty, by the sense of things important slipping from him amidst this lightand brilliance. The attraction that these ladies who crowded about him were beginning to exercise ceased.He no longer gave vague and clumsy responses to the subtly amorous advances that he was now assured

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 82: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

were being made to him, and his eyes wandered for another sight of the girl of the first revolt.

Where, precisely, had he seen her?...

Graham was in one of the upper galleries in conversation with a bright-eyed lady on the subject ofEadhamite--the subject was his choice and not hers. He had interrupted her warm assurances of personaldevotion with a matter-of-fact inquiry. He found her, as he had already found several other latter-daywomen that night, less well informed than charming. Suddenly, struggling against the eddying drift of nearermelody, the song of the Revolt, the great song he had heard in the Hall, hoarse and massive, came beatingdown to him.

Ah! Now he remembered!

He glanced up startled, and perceived above him an oeil de boeuf through which this song had come, andbeyond, the upper courses of cable, the blue haze, and the pendant fabric of the lights of the public ways.He heard the song break into a tumult of voices and cease. He perceived quite clearly the drone and tumultof the moving platforms and a murmur of many people. He had a vague persuasion that he could notaccount for, a sort of instinctive feeling that outside in the ways a huge crowd must be watching this place inwhich their Master amused himself.

Though the song had stopped so abruptly, though the special music of this gathering reasserted itself, themotif of the marching song, once it had begun, lingered in his mind.

The bright-eyed lady was still struggling with the mysteries of Eadhamite when he perceived the girl he hadseen in the theatre again. She was coming now along the gallery towards him; he saw her first before shesaw him. She was dressed in a faintly luminous grey, her dark hair about her brows was like a cloud, and ashe saw her the cold light from the circular opening into the ways fell upon her downcast face.

The lady in trouble about the Eadhamite saw the change in his expression, and grasped her opportunity toescape. "Would you care to know that girl, Sire?" she asked boldly. "She is Helen Wotton--a niece ofOstrog's. She knows a great many serious things. She is one of the most serious persons alive. I am sureyou will like her."

In another moment Graham was talking to the girl, and the bright-eyed lady had fluttered away.

"I remember you quite well," said Graham. "You were in that little room.When all the people were singing and beating time with their feet. BeforeI walked across the Hall."

Her momentary embarrassment passed. She looked up at him, and her face was steady. "It was wonderful,"she said, hesitated, and spoke with a sudden effort. "All those people would have died for you, Sire.Countless people did die for you that night."

Her face glowed. She glanced swiftly aside to see that no other heard her words.

Lincoln appeared some way off along the gallery, making his way through the press towards them. She sawhim and turned to Graham strangely eager, with a swift change to confidence and intimacy. "Sire," she saidquickly, "I cannot tell you now and here. But the common people are very unhappy; they are oppressed--they are misgoverned. Do not forget the people, who faced death--death that you might live."

"I know nothing--" began Graham.

"I cannot tell you now."

Lincoln's face appeared close to them. He bowed an apology to the girl.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 83: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

"You find the new world amusing, Sire?" asked Lincoln, with smiling deference, and indicating the space andsplendour of the gathering by one comprehensive gesture. "At any rate, you find it changed."

"Yes," said Graham, "changed. And yet, after all, not so greatly changed."

"Wait till you are in the air," said Lincoln. "The wind has fallen; even now an aeroplane awaits you."

The girl's attitude awaited dismissal.

Graham glanced at her face, was on the verge of a question, found a warning in her expression, bowed toher and turned to accompany Lincoln.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 84: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

CHAPTER XVITHE MONOPLANE

The Flying Stages of London were collected together in an irregular crescent on the southern side of theriver. They formed three groups of two each and retained the names of ancient suburban hills or villages.They were named in order, Roehampton, Wimbledon Park, Streatham, Norwood, Blackheath, and Shooter'sHill. They were uniform structures rising high above the general roof surfaces. Each was about fourthousand yards long and a thousand broad, and constructed of the compound of aluminum and iron that hadreplaced iron in architecture. Their higher tiers formed an openwork of girders through which lifts andstaircases ascended. The upper surface was a uniform expanse, with portions--the starting carriers--thatcould be raised and were then able to run on very slightly inclined rails to the end of the fabric.

Graham went to the flying stages by the public ways. He was accompanied by Asano, his Japaneseattendant. Lincoln was called away by Ostrog, who was busy with his administrative concerns. A strongguard of the Wind-Vane police awaited the Master outside the Wind-Vane offices, and they cleared a spacefor him on the upper moving platform. His passage to the flying stages was unexpected, nevertheless aconsiderable crowd gathered and followed him to his destination. As he went along, he could hear thepeople shouting his name, and saw numberless men and women and children in blue come swarming up thestaircases in the central path, gesticulating and shouting. He could not hear what they shouted. He wasstruck again by the evident existence of a vulgar dialect among the poor of the city. When at last hedescended, his guards were immediately surrounded by a dense excited crowd. Afterwards it occurred tohim that some had attempted to reach him with petitions. His guards cleared a passage for him withdifficulty.

He found a monoplane in charge of an aeronaut awaiting him on the westward stage. Seen close thismechanism was no longer small. As it lay on its launching carrier upon the wide expanse of the flying stage,its aluminum body skeleton was as big as the hull of a twenty-ton yacht. Its lateral supporting sails bracedand stayed with metal nerves almost like the nerves of a bee's wing, and made of some sort of glassyartificial membrane, cast their shadow over many hundreds of square yards. The chairs for the engineer andhis passenger hung free to swing by a complex tackle, within the protecting ribs of the frame and well abaftthe middle. The passenger's chair was protected by a wind-guard and guarded about with metallic rodscarrying air cushions. It could, if desired, be completely closed in, but Graham was anxious for novelexperiences, and desired that it should be left open. The aeronaut sat behind a glass that sheltered his face.The passenger could secure himself firmly in his seat, and this was almost unavoidable on landing, or hecould move along by means of a little rail and rod to a locker at the stem of the machine, where his personalluggage, his wraps and restoratives were placed, and which also with the seats, served as a makeweight tothe parts of the central engine that projected to the propeller at the stern.

The flying stage about him was empty save for Asano and their suite of attendants. Directed by theaeronaut he placed himself in his seat. Asano stepped through the bars of the hull, and stood below on thestage waving his hand. He seemed to slide along the stage to the right and vanish.

The engine was humming loudly, the propeller spinning, and for a second the stage and the buildings beyondwere gliding swiftly and horizontally past Graham's eye; then these things seemed to tilt up abruptly. Hegripped the little rods on either side of him instinctively. He felt himself moving upward, heard the air whistleover the top of the wind screen. The propeller screw moved round with powerful rhythmic impulses--one,two, three, pause; one, two, three--which the engineer controlled very delicately. The machine began a

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 85: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

quivering vibration that continued throughout the flight, and the roof areas seemed running away to starboardvery quickly and growing rapidly smaller. He looked from the face of the engineer through the ribs of themachine. Looking sideways, there was nothing very startling in what he saw--a rapid funicular railway mighthave given the same sensations. He recognised the Council House and the Highgate Ridge. And then helooked straight down between his feet.

For a moment physical terror possessed him, a passionate sense of insecurity. He held tight. For a second orso he could not lift his eyes. Some hundred feet or more sheer below him was one of the big wind-vanes ofsouth-west London, and beyond it the southernmost flying stage crowded with little black dots. These thingsseemed to be falling away from him. For a second he had an impulse to pursue the earth. He set his teeth,he lifted his eyes by a muscular effort, and the moment of panic passed.

He remained for a space with his teeth set hard, his eyes staring into the sky. Throb, throb, throb--beat, wentthe engine; throb, throb, throb--beat. He gripped his bars tightly, glanced at the aeronaut, and saw a smileupon his sun-tanned face. He smiled in return--perhaps a little artificially. "A little strange at first," heshouted before he recalled his dignity. But he dared not look down again for some time. He stared over theaeronaut's head to where a rim of vague blue horizon crept up the sky. For a little while he could not banishthe thought of possible accidents from his mind. Throb, throb, throb--beat; suppose some trivial screw wentwrong in that supporting engine! Suppose--! He made a grim effort to dismiss all such suppositions. After awhile they did at least abandon the foreground of his thoughts. And up he went steadily, higher and higherinto the clear air.

Once the mental shock of moving unsupported through the air was over, his sensations ceased to beunpleasant, became very speedily pleasurable. He had been warned of air sickness. But he found thepulsating movement of the monoplane as it drove up the faint south-west breeze was very little in excess ofthe pitching of a boat head on to broad rollers in a moderate gale, and he was constitutionally a good sailor.And the keenness of the more rarefied air into which they ascended produced a sense of lightness andexhilaration. He looked up and saw the blue sky above fretted with cirrus clouds. His eye came cautiouslydown through the ribs and bars to a shining flight of white birds that hung in the lower sky. For a space hewatched these. Then going lower and less apprehensively, he saw the slender figure of the Wind-Vanekeeper's crow's nest shining golden in the sunlight and growing smaller every moment. As his eye fell withmore confidence now, there came a blue line of hills, and then London, already to leeward, an intricatespace of roofing. Its near edge came sharp and clear, and banished his last apprehensions in a shock ofsurprise. For the boundary of London was like a wall, like a cliff, a steep fall of three or four hundred feet, afrontage broken only by terraces here and there, a complex decorative facade.

That gradual passage of town into country through an extensive sponge of suburbs, which was socharacteristic a feature of the great cities of the nineteenth century, existed no longer. Nothing remained ofit here but a waste of ruins, variegated and dense with thickets of the heterogeneous growths that had onceadorned the gardens of the belt, interspersed among levelled brown patches of sown ground, and verdantstretches of winter greens. The latter even spread among the vestiges of houses. But for the most part thereefs and skerries of ruins, the wreckage of suburban villas, stood among their streets and roads, queerislands amidst the levelled expanses of green and brown, abandoned indeed by the inhabitants years since,but too substantial, it seemed, to be cleared out of the way of the wholesale horticultural mechanisms of thetime.

The vegetation of this waste undulated and frothed amidst the countless cells of crumbling house walls, andbroke along the foot of the city wall in a surf of bramble and holly and ivy and teazle and tall grasses. Hereand there gaudy pleasure palaces towered amidst the puny remains of Victorian times, and cable waysslanted to them from the city. That winter day they seemed deserted. Deserted, too, were the artificialgardens among the ruins. The city limits were indeed as sharply defined as in the ancient days when thegates were shut at nightfall and the robber foeman prowled to the very walls. A huge semi-circular throatpoured out a vigorous traffic upon the Eadhamite Bath Road. So the first prospect of the world beyond the

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 86: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

city flashed on Graham, and dwindled. And when at last he could look vertically downward again, he sawbelow him the vegetable fields of the Thames valley--innumerable minute oblongs of ruddy brown,intersected by shining threads, the sewage ditches.

His exhilaration increased rapidly, became a sort of intoxication. He found himself drawing deep breaths ofair, laughing aloud, desiring to shout. After a time that desire became too strong for him, and he shouted.They curved about towards the south. They drove with a slight list to leeward, and with a slow alternation ofmovement, first a short, sharp ascent and then a long downward glide that was very swift and pleasing.During these downward glides the propeller was inactive altogether. These ascents gave Graham a glorioussense of successful effort; the descents through the rarefied air were beyond all experience. He wantednever to leave the upper air again.

For a time he was intent upon the landscape that ran swiftly northward beneath him. Its minute, clear detailpleased him exceedingly. He was impressed by the ruin of the houses that had once dotted the country, bythe vast treeless expanse of country from which all farms and villages had gone, save for crumbling ruins.He had known the thing was so, but seeing it so was an altogether different matter. He tried to make outfamiliar places within the hollow basin of the world below, but at first he could distinguish no data now thatthe Thames valley was left behind. Soon, however, they were driving over a sharp chalk hill that herecognised as the Guildford Hog's Back, because of the familiar outline of the gorge at its eastward end, andbecause of the ruins of the town that rose steeply on either lip of this gorge. And from that he made outother points, Leith Hill, the sandy wastes of Aldershot, and so forth. Save where the broad EadhamitePortsmouth Road, thickly dotted with rushing shapes, followed the course of the old railway, the gorge of thewey was choked with thickets.

The whole expanse of the Downs escarpment, so far as the grey haze permitted him to see, was set withwind-wheels to which the largest of the city was but a younger brother. They stirred with a stately motionbefore the south-west wind. And here and there were patches dotted with the sheep of the British FoodTrust, and here and there a mounted shepherd made a spot of black. Then rushing under the stern of themonoplane came the Wealden Heights, the line of Hindhead, Pitch Hill, and Leith Hill, with a second row ofwind-wheels that seemed striving to rob the downland whirlers of their share of breeze. The purple heatherwas speckled with yellow gorse, and on the further side a drove of black oxen stampeded before a couple ofmounted men. Swiftly these swept behind, and dwindled and lost colour, and became scarce moving specksthat were swallowed up in haze.

And when these had vanished in the distance Graham heard a peewit wailing close at hand. He perceivedhe was now above the South Downs, and staring over his shoulder saw the battlements of PortsmouthLanding Stage towering over the ridge of Portsdown Hill. In another moment there came into sight a spreadof shipping like floating cities, the little white cliffs of the Needles dwarfed and sunlit, and the grey andglittering waters of the narrow sea. They seemed to leap the Solent in a moment, and in a few seconds theIsle of Wight was running past, and then beneath him spread a wider and wider extent of sea, here purplewith the shadow of a cloud, here grey, here a burnished mirror, and here a spread of cloudy greenish blue.The Isle of Wight grew smaller and smaller. In a few more minutes a strip of grey haze detached itself fromother strips that were clouds, descended out of the sky and became a coast-line--sunlit and pleasant--thecoast of northern France. It rose, it took colour, became definite and detailed, and the counterpart of theDownland of England was speeding by below.

In a little time, as it seemed, Paris came above the horizon, and hung there for a space, and sank out of sightagain as the monoplane circled about to the north. But he perceived the Eiffel Tower still standing, andbeside it a huge dome surmounted by a pin-point Colossus. And he perceived, too, though he did notunderstand it at the time, a slanting drift of smoke. The aeronaut said something about "trouble in the under-ways," that Graham did not heed. But he marked the minarets and towers and slender masses that streamedskyward above the city wind-vanes, and knew that in the matter of grace at least Paris still kept in front ofher larger rival. And even as he looked a pale blue shape ascended very swiftly from the city like a dead

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 87: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

leaf driving up before a gale. It curved round and soared towards them, growing rapidly larger and larger.The aeronaut was saying something. "What?" said Graham, loth to take his eyes from this. "Londonaeroplane, Sire," bawled the aeronaut, pointing.

They rose and curved about northward as it drew nearer. Nearer it came and nearer, larger and larger. Thethrob, throb, throb--beat, of the monoplane's flight, that had seemed so potent, and so swift, suddenlyappeared slow by comparison with this tremendous rush. How great the monster seemed, how swift andsteady! It passed quite closely beneath them, driving along silently, a vast spread of wire-netted translucentwings, a thing alive. Graham had a momentary glimpse of the rows and rows of wrapped-up passengers,slung in their little cradles behind wind-screens, of a white-clothed engineer crawling against the gale along aladder way, of spouting engines beating together, of the whirling wind screw, and of a wide waste of wing.He exulted in the sight. And in an instant the thing had passed.

It rose slightly and their own little wings swayed in the rush of its flight. It fell and grew smaller. Scarcelyhad they moved, as it seemed, before it was again only a flat blue thing that dwindled in the sky. This wasthe aeroplane that went to and fro between London and Paris. In fair weather and in peaceful times it cameand went four times a day.

They beat across the Channel, slowly as it seemed now to Graham's enlarged ideas, and Beachy Head rosegreyly to the left of them.

"Land," called the aeronaut, his voice small against the whistling of the air over the wind-screen.

"Not yet," bawled Graham, laughing. "Not land yet. I want to learn more of this machine."

"I meant--" said the aeronaut.

"I want to learn more of this machine," repeated Graham.

"I'm coming to you," he said, and had flung himself free of his chair and taken a step along the guarded railbetween them. He stopped for a moment, and his colour changed and his hands tightened. Another step andhe was clinging close to the aeronaut. He felt a weight on his shoulder, the pressure of the air. His hat was awhirling speck behind. The wind came in gusts over his wind-screen and blew his hair in streamers past hischeek. The aeronaut made some hasty adjustments for the shifting of the centres of gravity and pressure.

"I want to have these things explained," said Graham. "What do you do when you move that engineforward?"

The aeronaut hesitated. Then he answered, "They are complex, Sire."

"I don't mind," shouted Graham. "I don't mind."

There was a moment's pause. "Aeronautics is the secret--the privilege--"

"I know. But I'm the Master, and I mean to know." He laughed, full of this novel realisation of power thatwas his gift from the upper air.

The monoplane curved about, and the keen fresh wind cut across Graham's face and his garment lugged athis body as the stem pointed round to the west. The two men looked into each other's eyes.

"Sire, there are rules--"

"Not where I am concerned," said Graham, "You seem to forget."

The aeronaut scrutinised his face "No," he said. "I do not forget, Sire. But in all the earth--no man who is not

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 88: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

a sworn aeronaut--has ever a chance. They come as passengers--"

"I have heard something of the sort. But I'm not going to argue these points. Do you know why I have slepttwo hundred years? To fly!"

"Sire," said the aeronaut, "the rules--if I break the rules--"

Graham waved the penalties aside.

"Then if you will watch me--"

"No," said Graham, swaying and gripping tight as the machine lifted its nose again for an ascent. "That's notmy game. I want to do it myself. Do it myself if I smash for it! No! I will. See I am going to clamber bythis--to come and share your seat. Steady! I mean to fly of my own accord if I smash at the end of it. I willhave something to pay for my sleep. Of all other things--. In my past it was my dream to fly. Now--keepyour balance."

"A dozen spies are watching me, Sire!"

Graham's temper was at end. Perhaps he chose it should be. He swore. He swung himself round theintervening mass of levers and the monoplane swayed.

"Am I Master of the earth?" he said. "Or is your Society? Now. Take your hands off those levers, and holdmy wrists. Yes--so. And now, how do we turn her nose down to the glide?"

"Sire," said the aeronaut.

"What is it?"

"You will protect me?"

"Lord! Yes! If I have to burn London. Now!"

And with that promise Graham bought his first lesson in aerial navigation. "It's clearly to your advantage, thisjourney," he said with a loud laugh--for the air was like strong wine--"to teach me quickly and well. Do I pullthis? Ah! So! Hullo!"

"Back, Sire! Back!"

"Back--right. One--two--three--good God! Ah! Up she goes! But this is living!"

And now the machine began to dance the strangest figures in the air. Now it would sweep round a spiral ofscarcely a hundred yards diameter, now rush up into the air and swoop down again, steeply, swiftly, fallinglike a hawk, to recover in a rushing loop that swept it high again. In one of these descents it seemed drivingstraight at the drifting park of balloons in the southeast, and only curved about and cleared them by a suddenrecovery of dexterity. The extraordinary swiftness and smoothness of the motion, the extraordinary effect ofthe rarefied air upon his constitution, threw Graham into a careless fury.

But at last a queer incident came to sober him, to send him flying down once more to the crowded life belowwith all its dark insoluble riddles. As he swooped, came a tap and something flying past, and a drop like adrop of rain. Then as he went on down he saw something like a white rag whirling down in his wake. "Whatwas that?" he asked. "I did not see."

The aeronaut glanced, and then clutched at the lever to recover, for they were sweeping down. When themonoplane was rising again he drew a deep breath and replied, "That," and he indicated the white thing stillfluttering down, "was a swan."

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 89: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

"I never saw it," said Graham.

The aeronaut made no answer, and Graham saw little drops upon his forehead.

They drove horizontally while Graham clambered back to the passenger's place out of the lash of the wind.And then came a swift rush down, with the wind-screw whirling to check their fall, and the flying stagegrowing broad and dark before them. The sun, sinking over the chalk hills in the west, fell with them, andleft the sky a blaze of gold.

Soon men could be seen as little specks. He heard a noise coming up to meet him, a noise like the sound ofwaves upon a pebbly beach, and saw that the roofs about the flying stage were dense with his peoplerejoicing over his safe return. A black mass was crushed together under the stage, a darkness stippled withinnumerable faces, and quivering with the minute oscillation of waved white handkerchiefs and wavinghands.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 90: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

CHAPTER XVIITHREE DAYS

Lincoln awaited Graham in an apartment beneath the flying stages. He seemed curious to learn all that hadhappened, pleased to hear of the extraordinary delight and interest which Graham took in flying. Grahamwas in a mood of enthusiasm. "I must learn to fly," he cried. "I must master that. I pity all poor souls whohave died without this opportunity. The sweet swift air! It is the most wonderful experience in the world."

"You will find our new times full of wonderful experiences," said Lincoln. "I do not know what you will careto do now. We have music that may seem novel."

"For the present," said Graham, "flying holds me. Let me learn more of that. Your aeronaut was saying thereis some trades union objection to one's learning."

"There is, I believe," said Lincoln. "But for you--! If you would like to occupy yourself with that, we canmake you a sworn aeronaut to-morrow."

Graham expressed his wishes vividly and talked of his sensations for a while. "And as for affairs," he askedabruptly. "How are things going on?"

Lincoln waved affairs aside. "Ostrog will tell you that to-morrow," he said. "Everything is settling down. TheRevolution accomplishes itself all over the world. Friction is inevitable here and there, of course; but yourrule is assured. You may rest secure with things in Ostrog's hands."

"Would it be possible for me to be made a sworn aeronaut, as you call it, forthwith--before I sleep?" saidGraham, pacing. "Then I could be at it the very first thing to-morrow again...."

"It would be possible," said Lincoln thoughtfully. "Quite possible. Indeed, it shall be done." He laughed. "Icame prepared to suggest amusements, but you have found one for yourself. I will telephone to theaeronautical offices from here and we will return to your apartments in the Wind-Vane Control. By the timeyou have dined the aeronauts will be able to come. You don't think that after you have dined you mightprefer--?" He paused.

"Yes," said Graham.

"We had prepared a show of dancers--they have been brought from theCapri theatre."

"I hate ballets," said Graham, shortly. "Always did. That other--. That's not what I want to see. We haddancers in the old days. For the matter of that, they had them in ancient Egypt. But flying--"

"True," said Lincoln. "Though our dancers--"

"They can afford to wait," said Graham; "they can afford to wait. I know. I'm not a Latin. There's questionsI want to ask some expert--about your machinery. I'm keen. I want no distractions."

"You have the world to choose from," said Lincoln; "whatever you want is yours."

Asano appeared, and under the escort of a strong guard they returned through the city streets to Graham's

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 91: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

apartments. Far larger crowds had assembled to witness his return than his departure had gathered, and theshouts and cheering of these masses of people sometimes drowned Lincoln's answers to the endlessquestions Graham's aerial journey had suggested. At first Graham had acknowledged the cheering and criesof the crowd by bows and gestures, but Lincoln warned him that such a recognition would be consideredincorrect behaviour. Graham, already a little wearied by rhythmic civilities, ignored his subjects for theremainder of his public progress.

Directly they arrived at his apartments Asano departed in search of kinematographic renderings ofmachinery in motion, and Lincoln despatched Graham's commands for models of machines and smallmachines to illustrate the various mechanical advances of the last two centuries. The little group ofappliances for telegraphic communication attracted the Master so strongly that his delightfully prepareddinner, served by a number of charmingly dexterous girls, waited for a space. The habit of smoking hadalmost ceased from the face of the earth, but when he expressed a wish for that indulgence, enquiries weremade and some excellent cigars were discovered in Florida, and sent to him by pneumatic despatch whilethe dinner was still in progress. Afterwards came the aeronauts, and a feast of ingenious wonders in thehands of a latter-day engineer. For the time, at any rate, the neat dexterity of counting and numberingmachines, building machines, spinning engines, patent doorways, explosive motors, grain and waterelevators, slaughter-house machines and harvesting appliances, was more fascinating to Graham than anybayadere. "We were savages," was his refrain, "we were savages. We were in the stone age--comparedwith this.... And what else have you?"

There came also practical psychologists with some very interesting developments in the art of hypnotism.The names of Milne Bramwell, Fechner, Liebault, William James, Myers and Gurney, he found, bore a valuenow that would have astonished their contemporaries. Several practical applications of psychology werenow in general use; it had largely superseded drugs, antiseptics and anesthetics in medicine; was employedby almost all who had any need of mental concentration. A real enlargement of human faculty seemed tohave been effected in this direction. The feats of "calculating boys," the wonders, as Graham had been wontto regard them, of mesmerisers, were now within the range of anyone who could afford the services of askilled hypnotist. Long ago the old examination methods in education had been destroyed by theseexpedients. Instead of years of study, candidates had substituted a few weeks of trances, and during thetrances expert coaches had simply to repeat all the points necessary for adequate answering, adding asuggestion of the post-hypnotic recollection of these points. In process mathematics particularly, this aid hadbeen of singular service, and it was now invariably invoked by such players of chess and games of manualdexterity as were still to be found. In fact, all operations conducted under finite rules, of a quasi-mechanicalsort that is, were now systematically relieved from the wanderings of imagination and emotion, and broughtto an unexampled pitch of accuracy. Little children of the labouring classes, so soon as they were ofsufficient age to be hypnotised, were thus converted into beautifully punctual and trustworthy machineminders, and released forthwith from the long, long thoughts of youth. Aeronautical pupils, who gave way togiddiness, could be relieved from their imaginary terrors. In every street were hypnotists ready to printpermanent memories upon the mind. If anyone desired to remember a name, a series of numbers, a song ora speech, it could be done by this method, and conversely memories could be effaced, habits removed, anddesires eradicated--a sort of psychic surgery was, in fact, in general use. Indignities, humbling experiences,were thus forgotten, widows would obliterate their previous husbands, angry lovers release themselves fromtheir slavery. To graft desires, however, was still impossible, and the facts of thought transference were yetunsystematised. The psychologists illustrated their expositions with some astounding experiments inmnemonics made through the agency of a troupe of pale-faced children in blue.

Graham, like most of the people of his former time, distrusted the hypnotist, or he might then and there haveeased his mind of many painful preoccupations. But in spite of Lincoln's assurances he held to the old theorythat to be hypnotised was in some way the surrender of his personality, the abdication of his will. At thebanquet of wonderful experiences that was beginning, he wanted very keenly to remain absolutely himself.

The next day, and another day, and yet another day passed in such interests as these. Each day Graham

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 92: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

spent many hours in the glorious entertainment of flying. On the third, he soared across middle France, andwithin sight of the snow-clad Alps. These vigorous exercises gave him restful sleep; he recovered almostwholly from the spiritless anemia of his first awakening. And whenever he was not in the air, and awake,Lincoln was assiduous in the cause of his amusement; all that was novel and curious in contemporaryinvention was brought to him, until at last his appetite for novelty was well-nigh glutted. One might fill adozen inconsecutive volumes with the strange things they exhibited. Each afternoon he held his court for anhour or so. He found his interest in his contemporaries becoming personal and intimate. At first he had beenalert chiefly for unfamiliarity and peculiarity; any foppishness in their dress, any discordance with hispreconceptions of nobility in their status and manners had jarred upon him, and it was remarkable to himhow soon that strangeness and the faint hostility that arose from it, disappeared; how soon he came toappreciate the true perspective of his position, and see the old Victorian days remote and quaint. He foundhimself particularly amused by the red-haired daughter of the Manager of the European Piggeries. On thesecond day after dinner he made the acquaintance of a latter-day dancing girl, and found her an astonishingartist. And after that, more hypnotic wonders. On the third day Lincoln was moved to suggest that theMaster should repair to a Pleasure City, but this Graham declined, nor would he accept the services of thehypnotists in his aeronautical experiments. The link of locality held him to London; he found a delight intopographical identifications that he would have missed abroad. "Here--or a hundred feet below here," hecould say, "I used to eat my midday cutlets during my London University days. Underneath here wasWaterloo and the tiresome hunt for confusing trains. Often have I stood waiting down there, bag in hand,and stared up into the sky above the forest of signals, little thinking I should walk some day a hundred yardsin the air. And now in that very sky that was once a grey smoke canopy, I circle in a monoplane."

During those three days Graham was so occupied with these distractions that the vast political movementsin progress outside his quarters had but a small share of his attention. Those about him told him little. Dailycame Ostrog, the Boss, his Grand Vizier, his mayor of the palace, to report in vague terms the steadyestablishment of his rule; "a little trouble" soon to be settled in this city, "a slight disturbance" in that. Thesong of the social revolt came to him no more; he never learned that it had been forbidden in the municipallimits; and all the great emotions of the crow's nest slumbered in his mind.

But on the second and third of the three days he found himself, in spite of his interest in the daughter of thePig Manager, or it may be by reason of the thoughts her conversation suggested, remembering the girl HelenWotton, who had spoken to him so oddly at the Wind-Vane Keeper's gathering. The impression, she hadmade was a deep one, albeit the incessant surprise of novel circumstances had kept him from brooding uponit for a space. But now her memory was coming to its own. He wondered what she had meant by thosebroken half-forgotten sentences; the picture of her eyes and the earnest passion of her face became morevivid as his mechanical interests faded. Her slender beauty came compellingly between him and certainimmediate temptations of ignoble passion. But he did not see her again until three full days were past.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 93: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

CHAPTER XVIIIGRAHAM REMEMBERS

She came upon him at last in a little gallery that ran from the Wind-Vane Offices toward his stateapartments. The gallery was long and narrow, with a series of recesses, each with an arched fenestrationthat looked upon a court of palms. He came upon her suddenly in one of these recesses. She was seated.She turned her head at the sound of his footsteps and started at the sight of him. Every touch of colourvanished from her face. She rose instantly, made a step toward him as if to address him, and hesitated. Hestopped and stood still, expectant. Then he perceived that a nervous tumult silenced her, perceived, too, thatshe must have sought speech with him to be waiting for him in this place.

He felt a regal impulse to assist her. "I have wanted to see you," he said. "A few days ago you wanted to tellme something--you wanted to tell me of the people. What was it you had to tell me?"

She looked at him with troubled eyes.

"You said the people were unhappy?"

For a moment she was silent still.

"It must have seemed strange to you," she said abruptly.

"It did. And yet--"

"It was an impulse."

"Well?"

"That is all."

She looked at him with a face of hesitation. She spoke with an effort."You forget," she said, drawing a deep breath.

"What?"

"The people--"

"Do you mean--?"

"You forget the people."

He looked interrogative.

"Yes. I know you are surprised. For you do not understand what you are.You do not know the things that are happening."

"Well?"

"You do not understand."

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 94: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

"Not clearly, perhaps. But--tell me."

She turned to him with sudden resolution. "It is so hard to explain. I have meant to, I have wanted to. Andnow--I cannot. I am not ready with words. But about you--there is something. It is wonder. Your sleep--your awakening. These things are miracles. To me at least--and to all the common people. You who livedand suffered and died, you who were a common citizen, wake again, live again, to find yourself Masteralmost of the earth."

"Master of the earth," he said. "So they tell me. But try and imagine how little I know of it."

"Cities--Trusts--the Labour Department--"

"Principalities, powers, dominions--the power and the glory. Yes, I have heard them shout. I know. I amMaster. King, if you wish. With Ostrog, the Boss--"

He paused.

She turned upon him and surveyed his face with a curious scrutiny."Well?"

He smiled. "To take the responsibility."

"That is what we have begun to fear." For a moment she said no more. "No," she said slowly. "You will takethe responsibility. You will take the responsibility. The people look to you."

She spoke softly. "Listen! For at least half the years of your sleep--in every generation--multitudes ofpeople, in every generation greater multitudes of people, have prayed that you might awake--prayed."

Graham moved to speak and did not.

She hesitated, and a faint colour crept back to her cheek. "Do you know that you have been to myriads--King Arthur, Barbarossa--the King who would come in his own good time and put the world right for them?"

"I suppose the imagination of the people--"

"Have you not heard our proverb, 'When the Sleeper wakes'? While you lay insensible and motionless there--thousands came. Thousands. Every first of the month you lay in state with a white robe upon you and thepeople filed by you. When I was a little girl I saw you like that, with your face white and calm."

She turned her face from him and looked steadfastly at the painted wall before her. Her voice fell. "When Iwas a little girl I used to look at your face.... It seemed to me fixed and waiting, like the patience of God."

"That is what we thought of you," she said. "That is how you seemed to us."

She turned shining eyes to him, her voice was clear and strong. "In the city, in the earth, a myriad myriadmen and women are waiting to see what you will do, full of strange incredible expectations."

"Yes?"

"Ostrog--no one--can take that responsibility."

Graham looked at her in surprise, at her face lit with emotion. She seemed at first to have spoken with aneffort, and to have fired herself by speaking.

"Do you think," she said, "that you who have lived that little life so far away in the past, you who have falleninto and risen out of this miracle of sleep--do you think that the wonder and reverence and hope of half the

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 95: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

world has gathered about you only that you may live another little life?... That you may shift theresponsibility to any other man?"

"I know how great this kingship of mine is," he said haltingly. "I know how great it seems. But is it real? It isincredible--dreamlike. Is it real, or is it only a great delusion?"

"It is real," she said; "if you dare."

"After all, like all kingship, my kingship is Belief. It is an illusion in the minds of men."

"If you dare!" she said.

"But--"

"Countless men," she said, "and while it is in their minds--they will obey."

"But I know nothing. That is what I had in mind. I know nothing. And these others--the Councillors, Ostrog.They are wiser, cooler, they know so much, every detail. And, indeed, what are these miseries of which youspeak? What am I to know? Do you mean--"

He stopped blankly.

"I am still hardly more than a girl," she said. "But to me the world seems full of wretchedness. The worldhas altered since your day, altered very strangely. I have prayed that I might see you and tell you thesethings. The world has changed. As if a canker had seized it--and robbed life of--everything worth having."

She turned a flushed face upon him, moving suddenly. "Your days were the days of freedom. Yes--I havethought. I have been made to think, for my life--has not been happy. Men are no longer free--no greater, nobetter than the men of your time. That is not all. This city--is a prison. Every city now is a prison. Mammongrips the key in his hand. Myriads, countless myriads, toil from the cradle to the grave. Is that right? Is thatto be--for ever? Yes, far worse than in your time. All about us, beneath us, sorrow and pain. All the shallowdelight of such life as you find about you, is separated by just a little from a life of wretchedness beyond anytelling. Yes, the poor know it--they know they suffer. These countless multitudes who faced death for youtwo nights since--! You owe your life to them."

"Yes," said Graham, slowly. "Yes. I owe my life to them."

"You come," she said, "from the days when this new tyranny of the cities was scarcely beginning. It is atyranny--a tyranny. In your days the feudal war lords had gone, and the new lordship of wealth had still tocome. Half the men in the world still lived out upon the free countryside. The cities had still to devour them.I have heard the stories out of the old books--there was nobility! Common men led lives of love andfaithfulness then--they did a thousand things. And you--you come from that time."

"It was not--. But never mind. How is it now--?"

"Gain and the Pleasure Cities! Or slavery--unthanked, unhonoured, slavery."

"Slavery!" he said.

"Slavery."

"You don't mean to say that human beings are chattels."

"Worse. That is what I want you to know, what I want you to see. I know you do not know. They will keepthings from you, they will take you presently to a Pleasure City. But you have noticed men and women andchildren in pale blue canvas, with thin yellow faces and dull eyes?"

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 96: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

"Everywhere."

"Speaking a horrible dialect, coarse and weak."

"I have heard it."

"They are the slaves--your slaves. They are the slaves of the LabourDepartment you own."

"The Labour Department! In some way--that is familiar. Ah! now I remember. I saw it when I waswandering about the city, after the lights returned, great fronts of buildings coloured pale blue. Do you reallymean--?"

"Yes. How can I explain it to you? Of course the blue uniform struck you.Nearly a third of our people wear it--more assume it now every day. ThisLabour Department has grown imperceptibly."

"What is this Labour Department?" asked Graham.

"In the old times, how did you manage with starving people?"

"There was the workhouse--which the parishes maintained."

"Workhouse! Yes--there was something. In our history lessons. I remember now. The Labour Departmentousted the workhouse. It grew--partly--out of something--you, perhaps, may remember it--an emotionalreligious organisation called the Salvation Army--that became a business company. In the first place it wasalmost a charity. To save people from workhouse rigours. There had been a great agitation against theworkhouse. Now I come to think of it, it was one of the earliest properties your Trustees acquired. Theybought the Salvation Army and reconstructed it as this. The idea in the first place was to organise the labourof starving homeless people."

"Yes."

"Nowadays there are no workhouses, no refuges and charities, nothing but that Department. Its offices areeverywhere. That blue is its colour. And any man, woman or child who comes to be hungry and weary andwith neither home nor friend nor resort, must go to the Department in the end--or seek some way of death.The Euthanasy is beyond their means--for the poor there is no easy death. And at any hour in the day ornight there is food, shelter and a blue uniform for all comers--that is the first condition of the Department'sincorporation--and in return for a day's shelter the Department extracts a day's work, and then returns thevisitor's proper clothing and sends him or her out again."

"Yes?"

"Perhaps that does not seem so terrible to you. In your time men starved in your streets. That was bad. Butthey died--men. These people in blue--. The proverb runs: 'Blue canvas once and ever.' The Departmenttrades in their labour, and it has taken care to assure itself of the supply. People come to it starving andhelpless--they eat and sleep for a night and day, they work for a day, and at the end of the day they go outagain. If they have worked well they have a penny or so--enough for a theatre or a cheap dancing place, ora kinematograph story, or a dinner or a bet. They wander about after that is spent. Begging is prevented bythe police of the ways. Besides, no one gives. They come back again the next day or the day after--broughtback by the same incapacity that brought them first. At last their proper clothing wears out, or their rags getso shabby that they are ashamed. Then they must work for months to get fresh. If they want fresh. A greatnumber of children are born under the Department's care. The mother owes them a month thereafter--thechildren they cherish and educate until they are fourteen, and they pay two years' service. You may be surethese children are educated for the blue canvas. And so it is the Department works."

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 97: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

"And none are destitute in the city?"

"None. They are either in blue canvas or in prison. We have abolished destitution. It is engraved upon theDepartment's checks."

"If they will not work?"

"Most people will work at that pitch, and the Department has powers. There are stages of unpleasantness inthe work--stoppage of food--and a man or woman who has refused to work once is known by a thumb-marking system in the Department's offices all over the world. Besides, who can leave the city poor? To goto Paris costs two Lions. And for insubordination there are the prisons--dark and miserable--out of sightbelow. There are prisons now for many things."

"And a third of the people wear this blue canvas?"

"More than a third. Toilers, living without pride or delight or hope, with the stories of Pleasure Cities ringingin their ears, mocking their shameful lives, their privations and hardships. Too poor even for the Euthanasy,the rich man's refuge from life. Dumb, crippled millions, countless millions, all the world about, ignorant ofanything but limitations and unsatisfied desires. They are born, they are thwarted and they die. That is thestate to which we have come."

For a space Graham sat downcast.

"But there has been a revolution," he said. "All these things will be changed. Ostrog--"

"That is our hope. That is the hope of the world. But Ostrog will not do it. He is a politician. To him it seemsthings must be like this. He does not mind. He takes it for granted. All the rich, all the influential, all who arehappy, come at last to take these miseries for granted. They use the people in their politics, they live in easeby their degradation. But you--you who come from a happier age--it is to you the people look. To you."

He looked at her face. Her eyes were bright with unshed tears. He felt a rush of emotion. For a moment heforgot this city, he forgot the race, and all those vague remote voices, in the immediate humanity of herbeauty.

"But what am I to do?" he said with his eyes upon her.

"Rule," she answered, bending towards him and speaking in a low tone. "Rule the world as it has never beenruled, for the good and happiness of men. For you might rule it--you could rule it.

"The people are stirring. All over the world the people are stirring. It wants but a word--but a word fromyou--to bring them all together. Even the middle sort of people are restless--unhappy.

"They are not telling you the things that are happening. The people will not go back to their drudgery--theyrefuse to be disarmed. Ostrog has awakened something greater than he dreamt of--he has awakenedhopes."

His heart was beating fast. He tried to seem judicial, to weigh considerations.

"They only want their leader," she said.

"And then?"

"You could do what you would;--the world is yours."

He sat, no longer regarding her. Presently he spoke. "The old dreams, and the thing I have dreamt, liberty,happiness. Are they dreams? Could one man--one man--?" His voice sank and ceased.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 98: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

"Not one man, but all men--give them only a leader to speak the desire of their hearts."

He shook his head, and for a time there was silence.

He looked up suddenly, and their eyes met. "I have not your faith," he said, "I have not your youth. I am herewith power that mocks me. No--let me speak. I want to do--not right--I have not the strength for that--butsomething rather right than wrong. It will bring no millennium, but I am resolved now, that I will rule. Whatyou have said has awakened me... You are right. Ostrog must know his place. And I will learn--.... Onething I promise you. This Labour slavery shall end."

"And you will rule?"

"Yes. Provided--. There is one thing."

"Yes?"

"That you will help me."

"I--a girl!"

"Yes. Does it not occur to you I am absolutely alone?"

She started and for an instant her eyes had pity. "Need you ask whether I will help you?" she said.

There came a tense silence, and then the beating of a clock striking the hour. Graham rose.

"Even now," he said, "Ostrog will be waiting." He hesitated, facing her."When I have asked him certain questions--. There is much I do not know.It may be, that I will go to see with my own eyes the things of which youhave spoken. And when I return--?"

"I shall know of your going and coming. I will wait for you here again."

They regarded one another steadfastly, questioningly, and then he turned from her towards the Wind-Vaneoffice.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 99: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

CHAPTER XIXOSTROG'S POINT OF VIEW

Graham found Ostrog waiting to give a formal account of his day's stewardship. On previous occasions hehad passed over this ceremony as speedily as possible, in order to resume his aerial experiences, but now hebegan to ask quick short questions. He was very anxious to take up his empire forthwith. Ostrog broughtflattering reports of the development of affairs abroad. In Paris and Berlin, Graham perceived that he wassaying, there had been trouble, not organised resistance indeed, but insubordinate proceedings. "After allthese years," said Ostrog, when Graham pressed enquiries; "the Commune has lifted its head again. That isthe real nature of the struggle, to be explicit." But order had been restored in these cities. Graham, the moredeliberately judicial for the stirring emotions he felt, asked if there had been any fighting. "A little," saidOstrog. "In one quarter only. But the Senegalese division of our African agricultural police--the ConsolidatedAfrican Companies have a very well drilled police--was ready, and so were the aeroplanes. We expected alittle trouble in the continental cities, and in America. But things are very quiet in America. They aresatisfied with the overthrow of the Council. For the time."

"Why should you expect trouble?" asked Graham abruptly.

"There is a lot of discontent--social discontent."

"The Labour Department?"

"You are learning," said Ostrog with a touch of surprise. "Yes. It is chiefly the discontent with the LabourDepartment. It was that discontent supplied the motive force of this overthrow--that and your awakening."

"Yes?"

Ostrog smiled. He became explicit. "We had to stir up their discontent, we had to revive the old ideals ofuniversal happiness--all men equal--all men happy--no luxury that everyone may not share--ideas that haveslumbered for two hundred years. You know that? We had to revive these ideals, impossible as they are--inorder to overthrow the Council. And now--"

"Well?"

"Our revolution is accomplished, and the Council is overthrown, and people whom we have stirred up--remain surging. There was scarcely enough fighting.... We made promises, of course. It is extraordinaryhow violently and rapidly this vague out-of-date humanitarianism has revived and spread. We who sowedthe seed even, have been astonished. In Paris, as I say--we have had to call in a little external help."

"And here?"

"There is trouble. Multitudes will not go back to work. There is a general strike. Half the factories areempty and the people are swarming in the ways. They are talking of a Commune. Men in silk and satin havebeen insulted in the streets. The blue canvas is expecting all sorts of things from you.... Of course there isno need for you to trouble. We are setting the Babble Machines to work with counter suggestions in thecause of law and order. We must keep the grip tight; that is all."

Graham thought. He perceived a way of asserting himself. But he spoke with restraint.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 100: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

"Even to the pitch of bringing a negro police," he said.

"They are useful," said Ostrog. "They are fine loyal brutes, with no wash of ideas in their heads--such as ourrabble has. The Council should have had them as police of the ways, and things might have been different.Of course, there is nothing to fear except rioting and wreckage. You can manage your own wings now, andyou can soar away to Capri if there is any smoke or fuss. We have the pull of all the great things; theaeronauts are privileged and rich, the closest trades union in the world, and so are the engineers of the wind-vanes. We have the air, and the mastery of the air is the mastery of the earth. No one of any ability isorganising against us. They have no leaders--only the sectional leaders of the secret society we organisedbefore your very opportune awakening. Mere busybodies and sentimentalists they are and bitterly jealous ofeach other. None of them is man enough for a central figure. The only trouble will be a disorganisedupheaval. To be frank--that may happen. But it won't interrupt your aeronautics. The days when the Peoplecould make revolutions are past."

"I suppose they are," said Graham. "I suppose they are." He mused. "This world of yours has been full ofsurprises to me. In the old days we dreamt of a wonderful democratic life, of a time when all men would beequal and happy."

Ostrog looked at him steadfastly. "The day of democracy is past," he said. "Past for ever. That day beganwith the bowmen of Crecy, it ended when marching infantry, when common men in masses ceased to winthe battles of the world, when costly cannon, great ironclads, and strategic railways became the means ofpower. To-day is the day of wealth. Wealth now is power as it never was power before--it commands earthand sea and sky. All power is for those who can handle wealth. On your behalf.... You must accept facts,and these are facts. The world for the Crowd! The Crowd as Ruler! Even in your days that creed had beentried and condemned. To-day it has only one believer--a multiplex, silly one--the man in the Crowd."

Graham did not answer immediately. He stood lost in sombre preoccupations.

"No," said Ostrog. "The day of the common man is past. On the open countryside one man is as good asanother, or nearly as good. The earlier aristocracy had a precarious tenure of strength and audacity. Theywere tempered--tempered. There were insurrections, duels, riots. The first real aristocracy, the firstpermanent aristocracy, came in with castles and armour, and vanished before the musket and bow. But thisis the second aristocracy. The real one. Those days of gunpowder and democracy were only an eddy in thestream. The common man now is a helpless unit. In these days we have this great machine of the city, andan organisation complex beyond his understanding."

"Yet," said Graham, "there is something resists, something you are holding down--something that stirs andpresses."

"You will see," said Ostrog, with a forced smile that would brush these difficult questions aside. "I have notroused the force to destroy myself--trust me."

"I wonder," said Graham.

Ostrog stared.

"Must the world go this way?" said Graham with his emotions at the speaking point. "Must it indeed go inthis way? Have all our hopes been vain?"

"What do you mean?" said Ostrog. "Hopes?"

"I come from a democratic age. And I find an aristocratic tyranny!"

"Well,--but you are the chief tyrant."

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 101: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

Graham shook his head.

"Well," said Ostrog, "take the general question. It is the way that change has always travelled. Aristocracy,the prevalence of the best--the suffering and extinction of the unfit, and so to better things."

"But aristocracy! those people I met--"

"Oh! not those!" said Ostrog. "But for the most part they go to their death. Vice and pleasure! They have nochildren. That sort of stuff will die out. If the world keeps to one road, that is, if there is no turning back. Aneasy road to excess, convenient Euthanasia for the pleasure seekers singed in the flame, that is the way toimprove the race!"

"Pleasant extinction," said Graham. "Yet--." He thought for an instant. "There is that other thing--the Crowd,the great mass of poor men. Will that die out? That will not die out. And it suffers, its suffering is a forcethat even you--"

Ostrog moved impatiently, and when he spoke, he spoke rather less evenly than before.

"Don't trouble about these things," he said. "Everything will be settled in a few days now. The Crowd is ahuge foolish beast. What if it does not die out? Even if it does not die, it can still be tamed and driven. I haveno sympathy with servile men. You heard those people shouting and singing two nights ago. They weretaught that song. If you had taken any man there in cold blood and asked why he shouted, he could nothave told you. They think they are shouting for you, that they are loyal and devoted to you. Just then theywere ready to slaughter the Council. To-day--they are already murmuring against those who haveoverthrown the Council."

"No, no," said Graham. "They shouted because their lives were dreary, without joy or pride, and because inme--in me--they hoped."

"And what was their hope? What is their hope? What right have they to hope? They work ill and they wantthe reward of those who work well. The hope of mankind--what is it? That some day the Over-man maycome, that some day the inferior, the weak and the bestial may be subdued or eliminated. Subdued if noteliminated. The world is no place for the bad, the stupid, the enervated. Their duty--it's a fine duty too!--is todie. The death of the failure! That is the path by which the beast rose to manhood, by which man goes on tohigher things."

Ostrog took a pace, seemed to think, and turned on Graham. "I can imagine how this great world state ofours seems to a Victorian Englishman. You regret all the old forms of representative government--theirspectres still haunt the world, the voting councils, and parliaments and all that eighteenth century tomfoolery.You feel moved against our Pleasure Cities. I might have thought of that,--had I not been busy. But you willlearn better. The people are mad with envy--they would be in sympathy with you. Even in the streets now,they clamour to destroy the Pleasure Cities. But the Pleasure Cities are the excretory organs of the State,attractive places that year after year draw together all that is weak and vicious, all that is lascivious and lazy,all the easy roguery of the world, to a graceful destruction. They go there, they have their time, they diechildless, all the pretty silly lascivious women die childless, and mankind is the better. If the people weresane they would not envy the rich their way of death. And you would emancipate the silly brainless workersthat we have enslaved, and try to make their lives easy and pleasant again. Just as they have sunk to whatthey are fit for." He smiled a smile that irritated Graham oddly. "You will learn better. I know those ideas; inmy boyhood I read your Shelley and dreamt of Liberty. There is no liberty, save wisdom and self-control.Liberty is within--not without. It is each man's own affair. Suppose--which is impossible--that theseswarming yelping fools in blue get the upper hand of us, what then? They will only fall to other masters. Solong as there are sheep Nature will insist on beasts of prey. It would mean but a few hundred years' delay.The coming of the aristocrat is fatal and assured. The end will be the Over-man--for all the mad protests ofhumanity. Let them revolt, let them win and kill me and my like. Others will arise--other masters. The end

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 102: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

will be the same."

"I wonder," said Graham doggedly.

For a moment he stood downcast.

"But I must see these things for myself," he said, suddenly assuming a tone of confident mastery. "Only byseeing can I understand. I must learn. That is what I want to tell you, Ostrog. I do not want to be King in aPleasure City; that is not my pleasure. I have spent enough time with aeronautics--and those other things. Imust learn how people live now, how the common life has developed. Then I shall understand these thingsbetter. I must learn how common people live--the labour people more especially--how they work, marry,bear children, die--"

"You get that from our realistic novelists," suggested Ostrog, suddenly preoccupied.

"I want reality," said Graham.

"There are difficulties," said Ostrog, and thought. "On the whole--"

"I did not expect--"

"I had thought--. And yet perhaps--. You say you want to go through the ways of the city and see thecommon people."

Suddenly he came to some conclusion. "You would need to go disguised," he said. "The city is intenselyexcited, and the discovery of your presence among them might create a fearful tumult. Still this wish ofyours to go into this city--this idea of yours--. Yes, now I think the thing over, it seems to me not altogether--. It can be contrived. If you would really find an interest in that! You are, of course, Master. You can gosoon if you like. A disguise Asano will be able to manage. He would go with you. After all it is not a badidea of yours."

"You will not want to consult me in any matter?" asked Graham suddenly, struck by an odd suspicion.

"Oh, dear no! No! I think you may trust affairs to me for a time, at any rate," said Ostrog, smiling. "Even ifwe differ--"

Graham glanced at him sharply.

"There is no fighting likely to happen soon?" he asked abruptly.

"Certainly not."

"I have been thinking about these negroes. I don't believe the people intend any hostility to me, and, after all,I am the Master. I do not want any negroes brought to London. It is an archaic prejudice perhaps, but I havepeculiar feelings about Europeans and the subject races. Even about Paris--"

Ostrog stood watching him from under his drooping brows. "I am not bringing negroes to London," he saidslowly. "But if--"

"You are not to bring armed negroes to London, whatever happens," saidGraham. "In that matter I am quite decided."

Ostrog resolved not to speak, and bowed deferentially.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 103: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

CHAPTER XXIN THE CITY WAYS

And that night, unknown and unsuspected, Graham, dressed in the costume of an inferior wind-vane officialkeeping holiday, and accompanied by Asano in Labour Department canvas, surveyed the city through whichhe had wandered when it was veiled in darkness. But now he saw it lit and waking, a whirlpool of life. Inspite of the surging and swaying of the forces of revolution, in spite of the unusual discontent, the mutteringsof the greater struggle of which the first revolt was but the prelude, the myriad streams of commerce stillflowed wide and strong. He knew now something of the dimensions and quality of the new age, but he wasnot prepared for the infinite surprise of the detailed view, for the torrent of colour and vivid impressions thatpoured past him.

This was his first real contact with the people of these latter days. He realised that all that had gone before,saving his glimpses of the public theatres and markets, had had its element of seclusion, had been amovement within the comparatively narrow political quarter, that all his previous experiences had revolvedimmediately about the question of his own position. But here was the city at the busiest hours of night, thepeople to a large extent returned to their own immediate interests, the resumption of the real informal life,the common habits of the new time.

They emerged at first into a street whose opposite ways were crowded with the blue canvas liveries. Thisswarm Graham saw was a portion of a procession--it was odd to see a procession parading the city seated.They carried banners of coarse black stuff with red letters. "No disarmament," said the banners, for themost part in crudely daubed letters and with variant spelling, and "Why should we disarm?" "No disarming.""No disarming." Banner after banner went by, a stream of banners flowing past, and at last at the end, thesong of the revolt and a noisy band of strange instruments. "They all ought to be at work," said Asano."They have had no food these two days, or they have stolen it."

Presently Asano made a detour to avoid the congested crowd that gaped upon the occasional passage ofdead bodies from hospital to a mortuary, the gleanings after death's harvest of the first revolt.

That night few people were sleeping, everyone was abroad. A vast excitement, perpetual crowdsperpetually changing, surrounded Graham; his mind was confused and darkened by an incessant tumult, bythe cries and enigmatical fragments of the social struggle that was as yet only beginning. Everywherefestoons and banners of black and strange decorations, intensified the quality of his popularity. Everywherehe caught snatches of that crude thick dialect that served the illiterate class, the class, that is, beyond thereach of phonograph culture, in their commonplace intercourse. Everywhere this trouble of disarmamentwas in the air, with a quality of immediate stress of which he had no inkling during his seclusion in the Wind-Vane quarter. He perceived that as soon as he returned he must discuss this with Ostrog, this and thegreater issues of which it was the expression, in a far more conclusive way than he had so far done.Perpetually that night, even in the earlier hours of their wanderings about the city, the spirit of unrest andrevolt swamped his attention, to the exclusion of countless strange things he might otherwise have observed.

This preoccupation made his impressions fragmentary. Yet amidst so much that was strange and vivid, nosubject, however personal and insistent, could exert undivided sway. There were spaces when therevolutionary movement passed clean out of his mind, was drawn aside like a curtain from before somestartling new aspect of the time. Helen had swayed his mind to this intense earnestness of enquiry, but therecame times when she, even, receded beyond his conscious thoughts. At one moment, for example, he found

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 104: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

they were traversing the religious quarter, for the easy transit about the city afforded by the moving waysrendered sporadic churches and chapels no longer necessary--and his attention was vividly arrested by thefacade of one of the Christian sects.

They were travelling seated on one of the swift upper ways, the place leapt upon them at a bend andadvanced rapidly towards them. It was covered with inscriptions from top to base, in vivid white and blue,save where a vast and glaring kinematograph transparency presented a realistic New Testament scene, andwhere a vast festoon of black to show that the popular religion followed the popular politics, hung across thelettering. Graham had already become familiar with the phonotype writing and these inscriptions arrestedhim, being to his sense for the most part almost incredible blasphemy. Among the less offensive were"Salvation on the First Floor and turn to the Right." "Put your Money on your Maker." "The SharpestConversion in London, Expert Operators! Look Slippy!" "What Christ would say to the Sleeper;--Join theUp-to-date Saints!" "Be a Christian--without hindrance to your present Occupation." "All the BrightestBishops on the Bench to-night and Prices as Usual." "Brisk Blessings for Busy Business Men."

"But this is appalling!" said Graham, as that deafening scream of mercantile piety towered above them.

"What is appalling?" asked his little officer, apparently seeking vainly for anything unusual in this shriekingenamel.

"This! Surely the essence of religion is reverence."

"Oh that!" Asano looked at Graham. "Does it shock you?" he said in the tone of one who makes adiscovery. "I suppose it would, of course. I had forgotten. Nowadays the competition for attention is sokeen, and people simply haven't the leisure to attend to their souls, you know, as they used to do." He smiled."In the old days you had quiet Sabbaths and the countryside. Though somewhere I've read of Sundayafternoons that--"

"But that," said Graham, glancing back at the receding blue and white."That is surely not the only--"

"There are hundreds of different ways. But, of course, if a sect doesn't tell it doesn't pay. Worship hasmoved with the times. There are high class sects with quieter ways--costly incense and personal attentionsand all that. These people are extremely popular and prosperous. They pay several dozen lions for thoseapartments to the Council--to you, I should say."

Graham still felt a difficulty with the coinage, and this mention of a dozen lions brought him abruptly to thatmatter. In a moment the screaming temples and their swarming touts were forgotten in this new interest. Aturn of a phrase suggested, and an answer confirmed the idea that gold and silver were both demonetised,that stamped gold which had begun its reign amidst the merchants of Phoenicia was at last dethroned. Thechange had been graduated but swift, brought about by an extension of the system of cheques that had evenin his previous life already practically superseded gold in all the larger business transactions. The commontraffic of the city, the common currency indeed of all the world, was conducted by means of the little brown,green and pink council cheques for small amounts, printed with a blank payee. Asano had several with him,and at the first opportunity he supplied the gaps in his set. They were printed not on tearable paper, but on asemi-transparent fabric of silken flexibility, interwoven with silk. Across them all sprawled a facsimile ofGraham's signature, his first encounter with the curves and turns of that familiar autograph for two hundredand three years.

Some intermediary experiences made no impression sufficiently vivid to prevent the matter of thedisarmament claiming his thoughts again; a blurred picture of a Theosophist temple that promisedMIRACLES in enormous letters of unsteady fire was least submerged perhaps, but then came the view ofthe dining hall in Northumberland Avenue. That interested him very greatly.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 105: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

By the energy and thought of Asano he was able to view this place from a little screened gallery reservedfor the attendants of the tables. The building was pervaded by a distant muffled hooting, piping and bawling,of which he did not at first understand the import, but which recalled a certain mysterious leathery voice hehad heard after the resumption of the lights on the night of his solitary wandering.

He had grown accustomed to vastness and great numbers of people, nevertheless this spectacle held himfor a long time. It was as he watched the table service more immediately beneath, and interspersed withmany questions and answers concerning details, that the realisation of the full significance of the feast ofseveral thousand people came to him.

It was his constant surprise to find that points that one might have expected to strike vividly at the veryoutset never occurred to him until some trivial detail suddenly shaped as a riddle and pointed to the obviousthing he had overlooked. He discovered only now that this continuity of the city, this exclusion of weather,these vast halls and ways, involved the disappearance of the household; that the typical Victorian "Home,"the little brick cell containing kitchen and scullery, living rooms and bedrooms, had, save for the ruins thatdiversified the countryside, vanished as surely as the wattle hut. But now he saw what had indeed beenmanifest from the first, that London, regarded as a living place, was no longer an aggregation of houses buta prodigious hotel, an hotel with a thousand classes of accommodation, thousands of dining halls, chapels,theatres, markets and places of assembly, a synthesis of enterprises, of which he chiefly was the owner.People had their sleeping rooms, with, it might be, antechambers, rooms that were always sanitary at leastwhatever the degree of comfort and privacy, and for the rest they lived much as many people had lived inthe new-made giant hotels of the Victorian days, eating, reading, thinking, playing, conversing, all in places ofpublic resort, going to their work in the industrial quarters of the city or doing business in their offices in thetrading section.

He perceived at once how necessarily this state of affairs had developed from the Victorian city. Thefundamental reason for the modern city had ever been the economy of co-operation. The chief thing toprevent the merging of the separate households in his own generation was simply the still imperfectcivilisation of the people, the strong barbaric pride, passions, and prejudices, the jealousies, rivalries, andviolence of the middle and lower classes, which had necessitated the entire separation of contiguoushouseholds. But the change, the taming of the people, had been in rapid progress even then. In his briefthirty years of previous life he had seen an enormous extension of the habit of consuming meals from home,the casually patronised horse-box coffee-house had given place to the open and crowded Aerated BreadShop for instance, women's clubs had had their beginning, and an immense development of reading rooms,lounges and libraries had witnessed to the growth of social confidence. These promises had by this timeattained to their complete fulfilment. The locked and barred household had passed away.

These people below him belonged, he learnt, to the lower middle class, the class just above the bluelabourers, a class so accustomed in the Victorian period to feed with every precaution of privacy that itsmembers, when occasion confronted them with a public meal, would usually hide their embarrassment underhorseplay or a markedly militant demeanour. But these gaily, if lightly dressed people below, albeit vivacious,hurried and uncommunicative, were dexterously mannered and certainly quite at their ease with regard toone another.

He noted a slight significant thing; the table, as far as he could see, was and remained delightfully neat, therewas nothing to parallel the confusion, the broadcast crumbs, the splashes of viand and condiment, theoverturned drink and displaced ornaments, which would have marked the stormy progress of the Victorianmeal. The table furniture was very different. There were no ornaments, no flowers, and the table waswithout a cloth, being made, he learnt, of a solid substance having the texture and appearance of damask.He discerned that this damask substance was patterned with gracefully designed trade advertisements.

In a sort of recess before each diner was a complex apparatus of porcelain and metal. There was one plateof white porcelain, and by means of taps for hot and cold volatile fluids the diner washed this himself

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 106: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

between the courses; he also washed his elegant white metal knife and fork and spoon as occasion required.

Soup and the chemical wine that was the common drink were delivered by similar taps, and the remainingcovers travelled automatically in tastefully arranged dishes down the table along silver rails. The dinerstopped these and helped himself at his discretion. They appeared at a little door at one end of the table, andvanished at the other. That turn of democratic sentiment in decay, that ugly pride of menial souls, whichrenders equals loth to wait on one another, was very strong he found among these people. He was sopreoccupied with these details that it was only as he was leaving the place that he remarked the hugeadvertisement dioramas that marched majestically along the upper walls and proclaimed the mostremarkable commodities.

Beyond this place they came into a crowded hall, and he discovered the cause of the noise that hadperplexed him. They paused at a turnstile at which a payment was made.

Graham's attention was immediately arrested by a violent, loud hoot, followed by a vast leathery voice. "TheMaster is sleeping peacefully," it vociferated. "He is in excellent health. He is going to devote the rest of hislife to aeronautics. He says women are more beautiful than ever. Galloop! Wow! Our wonderful civilisationastonishes him beyond measure. Beyond all measure. Galloop. He puts great trust in Boss Ostrog, absoluteconfidence in Boss Ostrog. Ostrog is to be his chief minister; is authorised to remove or reinstate publicofficers--all patronage will be in his hands. All patronage in the hands of Boss Ostrog! The Councillors havebeen sent back to their own prison above the Council House."

Graham stopped at the first sentence, and, looking up, beheld a foolish trumpet face from which this wasbrayed. This was the General Intelligence Machine. For a space it seemed to be gathering breath, and aregular throbbing from its cylindrical body was audible. Then it trumpeted "Galloop, Galloop," and broke outagain.

"Paris is now pacified. All resistance is over. Galloop! The black police hold every position of importance inthe city. They fought with great bravery, singing songs written in praise of their ancestors by the poetKipling. Once or twice they got out of hand, and tortured and mutilated wounded and captured insurgents,men and women. Moral--don't go rebelling. Haha! Galloop, Galloop! They are lively fellows. Lively bravefellows. Let this be a lesson to the disorderly banderlog of this city. Yah! Banderlog! Filth of the earth!Galloop, Galloop!"

The voice ceased. There was a confused murmur of disapproval among the crowd. "Damned niggers." Aman began to harangue near them. "Is this the Master's doing, brothers? Is this the Master's doing?"

"Black police!" said Graham. "What is that? You don't mean--"

Asano touched his arm and gave him a warning look, and forthwith another of these mechanisms screameddeafeningly and gave tongue in a shrill voice. "Yahaha, Yahah, Yap! Hear a live paper yelp! Live paper.Yaha! Shocking outrage in Paris. Yahahah! The Parisians exasperated by the black police to the pitch ofassassination. Dreadful reprisals. Savage times come again. Blood! Blood! Yaha!" The nearer BabbleMachine hooted stupendously, "Galloop, Galloop," drowned the end of the sentence, and proceeded in arather flatter note than before with novel comments on the horrors of disorder. "Law and order must bemaintained," said the nearer Babble Machine.

"But," began Graham.

"Don't ask questions here," said Asano, "or you will be involved in an argument."

"Then let us go on," said Graham, "for I want to know more of this."

As he and his companion pushed their way through the excited crowd that swarmed beneath these voices,

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 107: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

towards the exit, Graham conceived more clearly the proportion and features of this room. Altogether, greatand small, there must have been nearly a thousand of these erections, piping, hooting, bawling and gabblingin that great space, each with its crowd of excited listeners, the majority of them men dressed in bluecanvas. There were all sizes of machines, from the little gossiping mechanisms that chuckled out mechanicalsarcasm in odd corners, through a number of grades to such fifty-foot giants as that which had first hootedover Graham.

This place was unusually crowded, because of the intense public interest in the course of affairs in Paris.Evidently the struggle had been much more savage than Ostrog had represented it. All the mechanismswere discoursing upon that topic, and the repetition of the people made the huge hive buzz with such phrasesas "Lynched policemen," "Women burnt alive," "Fuzzy Wuzzy." "But does the Master allow such things?"asked a man near him. "Is this the beginning of the Master's rule?"

Is this the beginning of the Master's rule? For a long time after he had left the place, the hooting, whistlingand braying of the machines pursued him; "Galloop, Galloop," "Yahahah, Yaha, Yap! Yaha!" Is this thebeginning of the Master's rule?

Directly they were out upon the ways he began to question Asano closely on the nature of the Parisianstruggle. "This disarmament! What was their trouble? What does it all mean?" Asano seemed chieflyanxious to reassure him that it was "all right."

"But these outrages!"

"You cannot have an omelette," said Asano, "without breaking eggs. It is only the rough people. Only in onepart of the city. All the rest is all right. The Parisian labourers are the wildest in the world, except ours."

"What! the Londoners?"

"No, the Japanese. They have to be kept in order."

"But burning women alive!"

"A Commune!" said Asano. "They would rob you of your property. They would do away with property andgive the world over to mob rule. You are Master, the world is yours. But there will be no Commune here.There is no need for black police here.

"And every consideration has been shown. It is their own negroes--French speaking negroes. Senegalregiments, and Niger and Timbuctoo."

"Regiments?" said Graham, "I thought there was only one--"

"No," said Asano, and glanced at him. "There is more than one."

Graham felt unpleasantly helpless.

"I did not think," he began and stopped abruptly. He went off at a tangent to ask for information about theseBabble Machines. For the most part, the crowd present had been shabbily or even raggedly dressed, andGraham learnt that so far as the more prosperous classes were concerned, in all the more comfortableprivate apartments of the city were fixed Babble Machines that would speak directly a lever was pulled.The tenant of the apartment could connect this with the cables of any of the great News Syndicates that hepreferred. When he learnt this presently, he demanded the reason of their absence from his own suite ofapartments. Asano was embarrassed. "I never thought," he said. "Ostrog must have had them removed."

Graham stared. "How was I to know?" he exclaimed.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 108: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

"Perhaps he thought they would annoy you," said Asano.

"They must be replaced directly I return," said Graham after an interval.

He found a difficulty in understanding that this news room and the dining hall were not great central places,that such establishments were repeated almost beyond counting all over the city. But ever and again duringthe night's expedition his ears would pick out from the tumult of the ways the peculiar hooting of the organof Boss Ostrog, "Galloop, Galloop!" or the shrill "Yahaha, Yaha Yap!--Hear a live paper yelp!" of its chiefrival.

Repeated, too, everywhere, were such creches as the one he now entered. It was reached by a lift, and bya glass bridge that flung across the dining hall and traversed the ways at a slight upward angle. To enter thefirst section of the place necessitated the use of his solvent signature under Asano's direction. They wereimmediately attended to by a man in a violet robe and gold clasp, the insignia of practising medical men. Heperceived from this man's manner that his identity was known, and proceeded to ask questions on thestrange arrangements of the place without reserve.

On either side of the passage, which was silent and padded, as if to deaden the footfall, were narrow littledoors, their size and arrangement suggestive of the cells of a Victorian prison. But the upper portion of eachdoor was of the same greenish transparent stuff that had enclosed him at his awakening, and within, dimlyseen, lay, in every case, a very young baby in a little nest of wadding. Elaborate apparatus watched theatmosphere and rang a bell far away in the central office at the slightest departure from the optimum oftemperature and moisture. A system of such creches had almost entirely replaced the hazardous adventuresof the old-world nursing. The attendant presently called Graham's attention to the wet nurses, a vista ofmechanical figures, with arms, shoulders, and breasts of astonishingly realistic modelling, articulation, andtexture, but mere brass tripods below, and having in the place of features a flat disc bearing advertisementslikely to be of interest to mothers.

Of all the strange things that Graham came upon that night, none jarred more upon his habits of thought thanthis place. The spectacle of the little pink creatures, their feeble limbs swaying uncertainly in vague firstmovements, left alone, without embrace or endearment, was wholly repugnant to him. The attendant doctorwas of a different opinion. His statistical evidence showed beyond dispute that in the Victorian times themost dangerous passage of life was the arms of the mother, that there human mortality had ever been mostterrible. On the other hand this creche company, the International Creche Syndicate, lost not one-half percent, of the million babies or so that formed its peculiar care. But Graham's prejudice was too strong evenfor those figures.

Along one of the many passages of the place they presently came upon a young couple in the usual bluecanvas peering through the transparency and laughing hysterically at the bald head of their first-born.Graham's face must have showed his estimate of them, for their merriment ceased and they lookedabashed. But this little incident accentuated his sudden realisation of the gulf between his habits of thoughtand the ways of the new age. He passed on to the crawling rooms and the Kindergarten, perplexed anddistressed. He found the endless long playrooms were empty! the latter-day children at least still spent theirnights in sleep. As they went through these, the little officer pointed out the nature of the toys, developmentsof those devised by that inspired sentimentalist Froebel. There were nurses here, but much was done bymachines that sang and danced and dandled.

Graham was still not clear upon many points. "But so many orphans," he said perplexed, reverting to a firstmisconception, and learnt again that they were not orphans.

So soon as they had left the creche he began to speak of the horror the babies in their incubating cases hadcaused him. "Is motherhood gone?" he said. "Was it a cant? Surely it was an instinct. This seems sounnatural--abominable almost."

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 109: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

"Along here we shall come to the dancing place," said Asano by way of reply. "It is sure to be crowded. Inspite of all the political unrest it will be crowded. The women take no great interest in politics--except a fewhere and there. You will see the mothers--most young women in London are mothers. In that class it isconsidered a creditable thing to have one child--a proof of animation. Few middle class people have morethan one. With the Labour Department it is different. As for motherhood! They still take an immense pridein the children. They come here to look at them quite often."

"Then do you mean that the population of the World--?"

"Is falling? Yes. Except among the people under the Labour Department. In spite of scientific discipline theyare reckless--"

The air was suddenly dancing with music, and down a way they approached obliquely, set with gorgeouspillars as it seemed of clear amethyst, flowed a concourse of gay people and a tumult of merry cries andlaughter. He saw curled heads, wreathed brows, and a happy intricate flutter of gamboge pass triumphantacross the picture.

"You will see," said Asano with a faint smile. "The world has changed. In a moment you will see themothers of the new age. Come this way. We shall see those yonder again very soon."

They ascended a certain height in a swift lift, and changed to a slower one. As they went on the music grewupon them, until it was near and full and splendid, and, moving with its glorious intricacies they coulddistinguish the beat of innumerable dancing feet. They made a payment at a turnstile, and emerged upon thewide gallery that overlooked the dancing place, and upon the full enchantment of sound and sight.

"Here," said Asano, "are the fathers and mothers of the little ones you saw."

The hall was not so richly decorated as that of the Atlas, but saving that, it was, for its size, the mostsplendid Graham had seen. The beautiful white-limbed figures that supported the galleries reminded himonce more of the restored magnificence of sculpture; they seemed to writhe in engaging attitudes, theirfaces laughed. The source of the music that filled the place was hidden, and the whole vast shining floorwas thick with dancing couples. "Look at them," said the little officer, "see how much they show ofmotherhood."

The gallery they stood upon ran along the upper edge of a huge screen that cut the dancing hall on one sidefrom a sort of outer hall that showed through broad arches the incessant onward rush of the city ways. Inthis outer hall was a great crowd of less brilliantly dressed people, as numerous almost as those who dancedwithin, the great majority wearing the blue uniform of the Labour Department that was now so familiar toGraham. Too poor to pass the turnstiles to the festival, they were yet unable to keep away from the sound ofits seductions. Some of them even had cleared spaces, and were dancing also, fluttering their rags in the air.Some shouted as they danced, jests and odd allusions Graham did not understand. Once someone beganwhistling the refrain of the revolutionary song, but it seemed as though that beginning was promptlysuppressed. The corner was dark and Graham could not see. He turned to the hall again. Above thecaryatids were marble busts of men whom that age esteemed great moral emancipators and pioneers; forthe most part their names were strange to Graham, though he recognised Grant Allen, Le Gallienne,Nietzsche, Shelley and Goodwin. Great black festoons and eloquent sentiments reinforced the hugeinscription that partially defaced the upper end of the dancing place, and asserted that "The Festival of theAwakening" was in progress.

"Myriads are taking holiday or staying from work because of that, quite apart from the labourers who refuseto go back," said Asano. "These people are always ready for holidays."

Graham walked to the parapet and stood leaning over, looking down at the dancers. Save for two or threeremote whispering couples, who had stolen apart, he and his guide had the gallery to themselves. A warm

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 110: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

breath of scent and vitality came up to him. Both men and women below were lightly clad, bare-armed,open-necked, as the universal warmth of the city permitted. The hair of the men was often a mass ofeffeminate curls, their chins were always shaven, and many of them had flushed or coloured cheeks. Manyof the women were very pretty, and all were dressed with elaborate coquetry. As they swept by beneath, hesaw ecstatic faces with eyes half closed in pleasure.

"What sort of people are these?" he asked abruptly.

"Workers--prosperous workers. What you would have called the middle class. Independent tradesmen withlittle separate businesses have vanished long ago, but there are store servers, managers, engineers of ahundred sorts. To-night is a holiday of course, and every dancing place in the city will be crowded, andevery place of worship."

"But--the women?"

"The same. There's a thousand forms of work for women now. But you had the beginning of theindependent working-woman in your days. Most women are independent now. Most of these are marriedmore or less--there are a number of methods of contract--and that gives them more money, and enablesthem to enjoy themselves."

"I see," said Graham, looking at the flushed faces, the flash and swirl of movement, and still thinking of thatnightmare of pink helpless limbs. "And these are--mothers."

"Most of them."

"The more I see of these things the more complex I find your problems.This, for instance, is a surprise. That news from Paris was a surprise."

In a little while he spoke again:

"These are mothers. Presently, I suppose, I shall get into the modern way of seeing things. I have old habitsof mind clinging about me--habits based, I suppose, on needs that are over and done with. Of course, in ourtime, a woman was supposed not only to bear children, but to cherish them, to devote herself to them, toeducate them--all the essentials of moral and mental education a child owed its mother. Or went without.Quite a number, I admit, went without. Nowadays, clearly, there is no more need for such care than if theywere butterflies. I see that! Only there was an ideal--that figure of a grave, patient woman, silently andserenely mistress of a home, mother and maker of men--to love her was a sort of worship--"

He stopped and repeated, "A sort of worship."

"Ideals change," said the little man, "as needs change."

Graham awoke from an instant reverie and Asano repeated his words.Graham's mind returned to the thing at hand.

"Of course I see the perfect reasonableness of this. Restraint, soberness, the matured thought, the unselfishact, they are necessities of the barbarous state, the life of dangers. Dourness is man's tribute tounconquered nature. But man has conquered nature now for all practical purposes--his political affairs aremanaged by Bosses with a black police--and life is joyous."

He looked at the dancers again. "Joyous," he said.

"There are weary moments," said the little officer, reflectively.

"They all look young. Down there I should be visibly the oldest man. And in my own time I should have

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 111: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

passed as middle-aged."

"They are young. There are few old people in this class in the work cities."

"How is that?"

"Old people's lives are not so pleasant as they used to be, unless they are rich to hire lovers and helpers.And we have an institution called Euthanasy."

"Ah! that Euthanasy!" said Graham. "The easy death?"

"The easy death. It is the last pleasure. The Euthanasy Company does it well. People will pay the sum--it isa costly thing--long beforehand, go off to some pleasure city and return impoverished and weary, veryweary."

"There is a lot left for me to understand," said Graham after a pause. "Yet I see the logic of it all. Our arrayof angry virtues and sour restraints was the consequence of danger and insecurity. The Stoic, the Puritan,even in my time, were vanishing types. In the old days man was armed against Pain, now he is eager forPleasure. There lies the difference. Civilisation has driven pain and danger so far off--for well-to-do people.And only well-to-do people matter now. I have been asleep two hundred years."

For a minute they leant on the balustrading, following the intricate evolution of the dance. Indeed the scenewas very beautiful.

"Before God," said Graham, suddenly, "I would rather be a wounded sentinel freezing in the snow than oneof these painted fools!"

"In the snow," said Asano, "one might think differently."

"I am uncivilised," said Graham, not heeding him. "That is the trouble. I am primitive--Paleolithic. Theirfountain of rage and fear and anger is sealed and closed, the habits of a lifetime make them cheerful andeasy and delightful. You must bear with my nineteenth century shocks and disgusts. These people, you say,are skilled workers and so forth. And while these dance, men are fighting--men are dying in Paris to keepthe world--that they may dance."

Asano smiled faintly. "For that matter, men are dying in London," he said.

There was a moment's silence.

"Where do these sleep?" asked Graham.

"Above and below--an intricate warren."

"And where do they work? This is--the domestic life."

"You will see little work to-night. Half the workers are out or under arms. Half these people are keepingholiday. But we will go to the work places if you wish it."

For a time Graham watched the dancers, then suddenly turned away. "I want to see the workers. I haveseen enough of these," he said.

Asano led the way along the gallery across the dancing hall. Presently they came to a transverse passagethat brought a breath of fresher, colder air.

Asano glanced at this passage as they went past, stopped, went back to it, and turned to Graham with asmile. "Here, Sire," he said, "is something--will be familiar to you at least--and yet--. But I will not tell you.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 112: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

Come!"

He led the way along a closed passage that presently became cold. The reverberation of their feet told thatthis passage was a bridge. They came into a circular gallery that was glazed in from the outer weather, andso reached a circular chamber which seemed familiar, though Graham could not recall distinctly when hehad entered it before. In this was a ladder--the first ladder he had seen since his awakening--up which theywent, and came into a high, dark, cold place in which was another almost vertical ladder. This theyascended, Graham still perplexed.

But at the top he understood, and recognised the metallic bars to which he clung. He was in the cage underthe ball of St. Paul's. The dome rose but a little way above the general contour of the city, into the stilltwilight, and sloped away, shining greasily under a few distant lights, into a circumambient ditch of darkness.

Out between the bars he looked upon the wind-clear northern sky and saw the starry constellations allunchanged. Capella hung in the west, Vega was rising, and the seven glittering points of the Great Bearswept overhead in their stately circle about the Pole.

He saw these stars in a clear gap of sky. To the east and south the great circular shapes of complainingwind-wheels blotted out the heavens, so that the glare about the Council House was hidden. To thesouthwest hung Orion, showing like a pallid ghost through a tracery of iron-work and interlacing shapesabove a dazzling coruscation of lights. A bellowing and siren screaming that came from the flying stageswarned the world that one of the aeroplanes was ready to start. He remained for a space gazing towardsthe glaring stage. Then his eyes went back to the northward constellations.

For a long time he was silent. "This," he said at last, smiling in the shadow, "seems the strangest thing of all.To stand in the dome of St. Paul's and look once more upon these familiar, silent stars!"

Thence Graham was taken by Asano along devious ways to the great gambling and business quarterswhere the bulk of the fortunes in the city were lost and made. It impressed him as a well-nigh interminableseries of very high halls, surrounded by tiers upon tiers of galleries into which opened thousands of offices,and traversed by a complicated multitude of bridges, footways, aerial motor rails, and trapeze and cableleaps. And here more than anywhere the note of vehement vitality, of uncontrollable, hasty activity, rosehigh. Everywhere was violent advertisement, until his brain swam at the tumult of light and colour. AndBabble Machines of a peculiarly rancid tone were abundant and filled the air with strenuous squealing andan idiotic slang. "Skin your eyes and slide," "Gewhoop, Bonanza," "Gollipers come and hark!"

The place seemed to him to be dense with people either profoundly agitated or swelling with obscurecunning, yet he learnt that the place was comparatively empty, that the great political convulsion of the lastfew days had reduced transactions to an unprecedented minimum. In one huge place were long avenues ofroulette tables, each with an excited, undignified crowd about it; in another a yelping Babel of white-facedwomen and red-necked leathery-lunged men bought and sold the shares of an absolutely fictitious businessundertaking which, every five minutes, paid a dividend of ten per cent, and cancelled a certain proportion ofits shares by means of a lottery wheel.

These business activities were prosecuted with an energy that readily passed into violence, and Grahamapproaching a dense crowd found at its centre a couple of prominent merchants in violent controversy withteeth and nails on some delicate point of business etiquette. Something still remained in life to be fought for.Further he had a shock at a vehement announcement in phonetic letters of scarlet flame, each twice theheight of a man, that "WE ASSURE THE PROPRAIET'R. WE ASSURE THE PROPRAIET'R."

"Who's the proprietor?" he asked.

"You."

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 113: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

"But what do they assure me?" he asked. "What do they assure me?"

"Didn't you have assurance?"

Graham thought. "Insurance?"

"Yes--Insurance. I remember that was the older word. They are insuring your life. Dozands of people aretaking out policies, myriads of lions are being put on you. And further on other people are buying annuities.They do that on everybody who is at all prominent. Look there!"

A crowd of people surged and roared, and Graham saw a vast black screen suddenly illuminated in stilllarger letters of burning purple. "Anuetes on the Propraiet'r--x 5 pr. G." The people began to boo and shoutat this, a number of hard breathing, wild-eyed men came running past, clawing with hooked fingers at theair. There was a furious crush about a little doorway.

Asano did a brief, inaccurate calculation. "Seventeen per cent, per annum is their annuity on you. Theywould not pay so much per cent, if they could see you now, Sire. But they do not know. Your own annuitiesused to be a very safe investment, but now you are sheer gambling, of course. This is probably a desperatebid. I doubt if people will get their money."

The crowd of would-be annuitants grew so thick about them that for some time they could move neitherforward nor backward. Graham noticed what appeared to him to be a high proportion of women among thespeculators, and was reminded again of the economic independence of their sex. They seemed remarkablywell able to take care of themselves in the crowd, using their elbows with particular skill, as he learnt to hiscost. One curly-headed person caught in the pressure for a space, looked steadfastly at him several times,almost as if she recognised him, and then, edging deliberately towards him, touched his hand with her arm ina scarcely accidental manner, and made it plain by a look as ancient as Chaldea that he had found favour inher eyes. And then a lank, grey-bearded man, perspiring copiously in a noble passion of self-help, blind to allearthly things save that glaring bait, thrust between them in a cataclysmal rush towards that alluring "X 5 pr.G."

"I want to get out of this," said Graham to Asano. "This is not what I came to see. Show me the workers. Iwant to see the people in blue. These parasitic lunatics--"

He found himself wedged into a straggling mass of people.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 114: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

CHAPTER XXITHE UNDER-SIDE

From the Business Quarter they presently passed by the running ways into a remote quarter of the city,where the bulk of the manufactures was done. On their way the platforms crossed the Thames twice, andpassed in a broad viaduct across one of the great roads that entered the city from the North. In both caseshis impression was swift and in both very vivid. The river was a broad wrinkled glitter of black sea water,overarched by buildings, and vanishing either way into a blackness starred with receding lights. A string ofblack barges passed seaward, manned by blue-clad men. The road was a long and very broad and hightunnel, along which big-wheeled machines drove noiselessly and swiftly. Here, too, the distinctive blue of theLabour Department was in abundance. The smoothness of the double tracks, the largeness and the lightnessof the big pneumatic wheels in proportion to the vehicular body, struck Graham most vividly. One lank andvery high carriage with longitudinal metallic rods hung with the dripping carcasses of many hundred sheeparrested his attention unduly. Abruptly the edge of the archway cut and blotted out the picture.

Presently they left the way and descended by a lift and traversed a passage that sloped downward, and socame to a descending lift again. The appearance of things changed. Even the pretence of architecturalornament disappeared, the lights diminished in number and size, the architecture became more and moremassive in proportion to the spaces as the factory quarters were reached. And in the dusty biscuit-makingplace of the potters, among the felspar mills, in the furnace rooms of the metal workers, among theincandescent lakes of crude Eadhamite, the blue canvas clothing was on man, woman and child.

Many of these great and dusty galleries were silent avenues of machinery, endless raked out ashen furnacestestified to the revolutionary dislocation, but wherever there was work it was being done by slow-movingworkers in blue canvas. The only people not in blue canvas were the overlookers of the work-places and theorange-clad Labour Police. And fresh from the flushed faces of the dancing halls, the voluntary vigours ofthe business quarter, Graham could note the pinched faces, the feeble muscles, and weary eyes of many ofthe latter-day workers. Such as he saw at work were noticeably inferior in physique to the few gailydressed managers and forewomen who were directing their labours. The burly labourers of the old Victoriantimes had followed that dray horse and all such living force producers, to extinction; the place of his costlymuscles was taken by some dexterous machine. The latter-day labourer, male as well as female, wasessentially a machine-minder and feeder, a servant and attendant, or an artist under direction.

The women, in comparison with those Graham remembered, were as a class distinctly plain and flat-chested. Two hundred years of emancipation from the moral restraints of Puritanical religion, two hundredyears of city life, had done their work in eliminating the strain of feminine beauty and vigour from the bluecanvas myriads. To be brilliant physically or mentally, to be in any way attractive or exceptional, had beenand was still a certain way of emancipation to the drudge, a line of escape to the Pleasure City and itssplendours and delights, and at last to the Euthanasy and peace. To be steadfast against such inducementswas scarcely to be expected of meanly nourished souls. In the young cities of Graham's former life, thenewly aggregated labouring mass had been a diverse multitude, still stirred by the tradition of personalhonour and a high morality; now it was differentiating into an instinct class, with a moral and physicaldifference of its own--even with a dialect of its own.

They penetrated downward, ever downward, towards the working places. Presently they passed underneathone of the streets of the moving ways, and saw its platforms running on their rails far overhead, and chinksof white lights between the transverse slits. The factories that were not working were sparsely lighted; to

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 115: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

Graham they and their shrouded aisles of giant machines seemed plunged in gloom, and even where workwas going on the illumination was far less brilliant than upon the public ways.

Beyond the blazing lakes of Eadhamite he came to the warren of the jewellers, and, with some difficulty andby using his signature, obtained admission to these galleries. They were high and dark, and rather cold. Inthe first a few men were making ornaments of gold filigree, each man at a little bench by himself, and with alittle shaded light. The long vista of light patches, with the nimble fingers brightly lit and moving among thegleaming yellow coils, and the intent face like the face of a ghost, in each shadow, had the oddest effect.

The work was beautifully executed, but without any strength of modelling or drawing, for the most partintricate grotesques or the ringing of the changes on a geometrical motif. These workers wore a peculiarwhite uniform without pockets or sleeves. They assumed this on coming to work, but at night they werestripped and examined before they left the premises of the Department. In spite of every precaution, theLabour policeman told them in a depressed tone, the Department was not infrequently robbed.

Beyond was a gallery of women busied in cutting and setting slabs of artificial ruby, and next these weremen and women working together upon the slabs of copper net that formed the basis of cloisonne tiles.Many of these workers had lips and nostrils a livid white, due to a disease caused by a peculiar purpleenamel that chanced to be much in fashion. Asano apologised to Graham for this offensive sight, butexcused himself on the score of the convenience of this route. "This is what I wanted to see," said Graham;"this is what I wanted to see," trying to avoid a start at a particularly striking disfigurement.

"She might have done better with herself than that," said Asano.

Graham made some indignant comments.

"But, Sire, we simply could not stand that stuff without the purple," said Asano. "In your days people couldstand such crudities, they were nearer the barbaric by two hundred years."

They continued along one of the lower galleries of this cloisonne factory, and came to a little bridge thatspanned a vault. Looking over the parapet, Graham saw that beneath was a wharf under yet moretremendous archings than any he had seen. Three barges, smothered in floury dust, were being unloaded oftheir cargoes of powdered felspar by a multitude of coughing men, each guiding a little truck; the dust filledthe place with a choking mist, and turned the electric glare yellow. The vague shadows of these workersgesticulated about their feet, and rushed to and fro against a long stretch of white-washed wall. Every nowand then one would stop to cough.

A shadowy, huge mass of masonry rising out of the inky water, brought to Graham's mind the thought of themultitude of ways and galleries and lifts that rose floor above floor overhead between him and the sky. Themen worked in silence under the supervision of two of the Labour Police; their feet made a hollow thunderon the planks along which they went to and fro. And as he looked at this scene, some hidden voice in thedarkness began to sing.

"Stop that!" shouted one of the policemen, but the order was disobeyed, and first one and then all the white-stained men who were working there had taken up the beating refrain, singing it defiantly--the Song of theRevolt. The feet upon the planks thundered now to the rhythm of the song, tramp, tramp, tramp. Thepoliceman who had shouted glanced at his fellow, and Graham saw him shrug his shoulders. He made nofurther effort to stop the singing.

And so they went through these factories and places of toil, seeing many painful and grim things. That walkleft on Graham's mind a maze of memories, fluctuating pictures of swathed halls, and crowded vaults seenthrough clouds of dust, of intricate machines, the racing threads of looms, the heavy beat of stampingmachinery, the roar and rattle of belt and armature, of ill-lit subterranean aisles of sleeping places, illimitablevistas of pin-point lights. Here was the smell of tanning, and here the reek of a brewery, and here

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 116: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

unprecedented reeks. Everywhere were pillars and cross archings of such a massiveness as Graham hadnever before seen, thick Titans of greasy, shining brickwork crushed beneath the vast weight of thatcomplex city world, even as these anemic millions were crushed by its complexity. And everywhere werepale features, lean limbs, disfigurement and degradation.

Once and again, and again a third time, Graham heard the song of the revolt during his long, unpleasantresearch in these places, and once he saw a confused struggle down a passage, and learnt that a number ofthese serfs had seized their bread before their work was done. Graham was ascending towards the waysagain when he saw a number of blue-clad children running down a transverse passage, and presentlyperceived the reason of their panic in a company of the Labour Police armed with clubs, trotting towardssome unknown disturbance. And then came a remote disorder. But for the most part this remnant thatworked, worked hopelessly. All the spirit that was left in fallen humanity was above in the streets that night,calling for the Master, and valiantly and noisily keeping its arms.

They emerged from these wanderings and stood blinking in the bright light of the middle passage of theplatforms again. They became aware of the remote hooting and yelping of the machines of one of theGeneral Intelligence Offices, and suddenly came men running, and along the platforms and about the wayseverywhere was a shouting and crying. Then a woman with a face of mute white terror, and another whogasped and shrieked as she ran.

"What has happened now?" said Graham, puzzled, for he could not understand their thick speech. Then heheard it in English and perceived that the thing that everyone was shouting, that men yelled to one another,that women took up screaming, that was passing like the first breeze of a thunderstorm, chill and suddenthrough the city, was this: "Ostrog has ordered the Black Police to London. The Black Police are comingfrom South Africa.... The Black Police. The Black Police."

Asano's face was white and astonished; he hesitated, looked at Graham's face, and told him the thing healready knew. "But how can they know?" asked Asano.

Graham heard someone shouting. "Stop all work. Stop all work," and a swarthy hunchback, ridiculously gayin green and gold, came leaping down the platforms toward him, bawling again and again in good English,"This is Ostrog's doing, Ostrog the Knave! The Master is betrayed." His voice was hoarse and a thin foamdropped from his ugly shouting mouth. He yelled an unspeakable horror that the Black Police had done inParis, and so passed shrieking, "Ostrog the Knave!"

For a moment Graham stood still, for it had come upon him again that these things were a dream. He lookedup at the great cliff of buildings on either side, vanishing into blue haze at last above the lights, and down tothe roaring tiers of platforms, and the shouting, running people who were gesticulating past. "The Master isbetrayed!" they cried. "The Master is betrayed!"

Suddenly the situation shaped itself in his mind real and urgent. His heart began to beat fast and strong.

"It has come," he said. "I might have known. The hour has come."

He thought swiftly. "What am I to do?"

"Go back to the Council House," said Asano.

"Why should I not appeal--? The people are here."

"You will lose time. They will doubt if it is you. But they will mass about the Council House. There you willfind their leaders. Your strength is there--with them."

"Suppose this is only a rumour?"

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 117: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

"It sounds true," said Asano.

"Let us have the facts," said Graham.

Asano shrugged his shoulders. "We had better get towards the Council House," he cried. "That is wherethey will swarm. Even now the ruins may be impassable."

Graham regarded him doubtfully and followed him.

They went up the stepped platforms to the swiftest one, and there Asano accosted a labourer. The answersto his questions were in the thick, vulgar speech.

"What did he say?" asked Graham.

"He knows little, but he told me that the Black Police would have arrived here before the people knew--hadnot someone in the Wind-Vane Offices learnt. He said a girl."

"A girl? Not--?"

"He said a girl--he did not know who she was. Who came out from theCouncil House crying aloud, and told the men at work among the ruins."

And then another thing was shouted, something that turned an aimless tumult into determinate movements, itcame like a wind along the street. "To your wards, to your wards. Every man get arms. Every man to hisward!"

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 118: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

CHAPTER XXIITHE STRUGGLE IN THE COUNCIL HOUSE

As Asano and Graham hurried along to the ruins about the Council House, they saw everywhere theexcitement of the people rising. "To your wards! To your wards!" Everywhere men and women in blue werehurrying from unknown subterranean employments, up the staircases of the middle path; at one placeGraham saw an arsenal of the revolutionary committee besieged by a crowd of shouting men, at another acouple of men in the hated yellow uniform of the Labour Police, pursued by a gathering crowd, fledprecipitately along the swift way that went in the opposite direction.

The cries of "To your wards!" became at last a continuous shouting as they drew near the Governmentquarter. Many of the shouts were unintelligible. "Ostrog has betrayed us," one man bawled in a hoarse voice,again and again, dinning that refrain into Graham's ear until it haunted him. This person stayed close besideGraham and Asano on the swift way, shouting to the people who swarmed on the lower platforms as herushed past them. His cry about Ostrog alternated with some incomprehensible orders. Presently he wentleaping down and disappeared.

Graham's mind was filled with the din. His plans were vague and unformed. He had one picture of somecommanding position from which he could address the multitudes, another of meeting Ostrog face to face.He was full of rage, of tense muscular excitement, his hands gripped, his lips were pressed together.

The way to the Council House across the ruins was impassable, but Asano met that difficulty and tookGraham into the premises of the central post-office. The post-office was nominally at work, but the blue-clothed porters moved sluggishly or had stopped to stare through the arches of their galleries at the shoutingmen who were going by outside. "Every man to his ward! Every man to his ward!" Here, by Asano'sadvice, Graham revealed his identity.

They crossed to the Council House by a cable cradle. Already in the brief interval since the capitulation ofthe Councillors a great change had been wrought in the appearance of the ruins. The spurting cascades ofthe ruptured sea-water mains had been captured and tamed, and huge temporary pipes ran overhead along aflimsy looking fabric of girders. The sky was laced with restored cables and wires that served the CouncilHouse, and a mass of new fabric with cranes and other building machines going to and fro upon it projectedto the left of the white pile.

The moving ways that ran across this area had been restored, albeit for once running under the open sky.These were the ways that Graham had seen from the little balcony in the hour of his awakening, not ninedays since, and the hall of his Trance had been on the further side, where now shapeless piles of smashedand shattered masonry were heaped together.

It was already high day and the sun was shining brightly. Out of their tall caverns of blue electric light camethe swift ways crowded with multitudes of people, who poured off them and gathered ever denser over thewreckage and confusion of the ruins. The air was full of their shouting, and they were pressing and swayingtowards the central building. For the most part that shouting mass consisted of shapeless swarms, but hereand there Graham could see that a rude discipline struggled to establish itself. And every voice clamouredfor order in the chaos. "To your wards! Every man to his ward!"

The cable carried them into a hall which Graham recognised as the ante-chamber to the Hall of the Atlas,

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 119: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

about the gallery of which he had walked days ago with Howard to show himself to the Vanished Council,an hour from his awakening. Now the place was empty except for two cable attendants. These menseemed hugely astonished to recognise the Sleeper in the man who swung down from the cross seat.

"Where is Ostrog?" he demanded. "I must see Ostrog forthwith. He has disobeyed me. I have come back totake things out of his hands." Without waiting for Asano, he went straight across the place, ascended thesteps at the further end, and, pulling the curtain aside, found himself facing the perpetually labouring Titan.

The hall was empty. Its appearance had changed very greatly since his first sight of it. It had sufferedserious injury in the violent struggle of the first outbreak. On the right hand side of the great figure the upperhalf of the wall had been torn away for nearly two hundred feet of its length, and a sheet of the same glassyfilm that had enclosed Graham at his awakening had been drawn across the gap. This deadened, but did notaltogether exclude the roar of the people outside. "Wards! Wards! Wards!" they seemed to be saying.Through it there were visible the beams and supports of metal scaffoldings that rose and fell according tothe requirements of a great crowd of workmen. An idle building machine, with lank arms of red paintedmetal stretched gauntly across this green tinted picture. On it were still a number of workmen staring at thecrowd below. For a moment he stood regarding these things, and Asano overtook him.

"Ostrog," said Asano, "will be in the small offices beyond there." The little man looked livid now and his eyessearched Graham's face.

They had scarcely advanced ten paces from the curtain before a little panel to the left of the Atlas rolled up,and Ostrog, accompanied by Lincoln and followed by two black and yellow clad negroes, appeared crossingthe remote corner of the hall, towards a second panel that was raised and open. "Ostrog," shouted Graham,and at the sound of his voice the little party turned astonished.

Ostrog said something to Lincoln and advanced alone.

Graham was the first to speak. His voice was loud and dictatorial. "What is this I hear?" he asked. "Are youbringing negroes here--to keep the people down?"

"It is none too soon," said Ostrog. "They have been getting out of hand more and more, since the revolt. Iunder-estimated--"

"Do you mean that these infernal negroes are on the way?"

"On the way. As it is, you have seen the people--outside?"

"No wonder! But--after what was said. You have taken too much on yourself, Ostrog."

Ostrog said nothing, but drew nearer.

"These negroes must not come to London," said Graham. "I am Master and they shall not come."

Ostrog glanced at Lincoln, who at once came towards them with his two attendants close behind him. "Whynot?" asked Ostrog.

"White men must be mastered by white men. Besides--"

"The negroes are only an instrument."

"But that is not the question. I am the Master. I mean to be the Master.And I tell you these negroes shall not come."

"The people--"

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 120: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

"I believe in the people."

"Because you are an anachronism. You are a man out of the Past--an accident. You are Owner perhaps ofthe world. Nominally--legally. But you are not Master. You do not know enough to be Master."

He glanced at Lincoln again. "I know now what you think--I can guess something of what you mean to do.Even now it is not too late to warn you. You dream of human equality--of some sort of socialistic order--youhave all those worn-out dreams of the nineteenth century fresh and vivid in your mind, and you would rulethis age that you do not understand."

"Listen!" said Graham. "You can hear it--a sound like the sea. Not voices--but a voice. Do you altogetherunderstand?"

"We taught them that," said Ostrog.

"Perhaps. Can you teach them to forget it? But enough of this! These negroes must not come."

There was a pause and Ostrog looked him in the eyes.

"They will," he said.

"I forbid it," said Graham.

"They have started."

"I will not have it."

"No," said Ostrog. "Sorry as I am to follow the method of the Council--. For your own good--you must notside with--Disorder. And now that you are here--. It was kind of you to come here."

Lincoln laid his hand on Graham's shoulder. Abruptly Graham realised the enormity of his blunder in comingto the Council House. He turned towards the curtains that separated the hall from the ante-chamber. Theclutching hand of Asano intervened. In another moment Lincoln had grasped Graham's cloak.

He turned and struck at Lincoln's face, and incontinently a negro had him by collar and arm. He wrenchedhimself away, his sleeve tore noisily, and he stumbled back, to be tripped by the other attendant. Then hestruck the ground heavily and he was staring at the distant ceiling of the hall.

He shouted, rolled over, struggling fiercely, clutched an attendant's leg and threw him headlong, andstruggled to his feet.

Lincoln appeared before him, went down heavily again with a blow under the point of the jaw and lay still.Graham made two strides, stumbled. And then Ostrog's arm was round his neck, he was pulled overbackward, fell heavily, and his arms were pinned to the ground. After a few violent efforts he ceased tostruggle and lay staring at Ostrog's heaving throat.

"You--are--a prisoner," panted Ostrog, exulting. "You--were rather a fool--to come back."

Graham turned his head about and perceived through the irregular green window in the walls of the hall themen who had been working the building cranes gesticulating excitedly to the people below them. They hadseen!

Ostrog followed his eyes and started. He shouted something to Lincoln, but Lincoln did not move. A bulletsmashed among the mouldings above the Atlas. The two sheets of transparent matter that had beenstretched across this gap were rent, the edges of the torn aperture darkened, curved, ran rapidly towards theframework, and in a moment the Council chamber stood open to the air. A chilly gust blew in by the gap,

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 121: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

bringing with it a war of voices from the ruinous spaces without, an elvish babblement, "Save the Master!""What are they doing to the Master?" "The Master is betrayed!"

And then he realised that Ostrog's attention was distracted, that Ostrog's grip had relaxed, and, wrenchinghis arms free, he struggled to his knees. In another moment he had thrust Ostrog back, and he was on onefoot, his hand gripping Ostrog's throat, and Ostrog's hands clutching the silk about his neck.

But now men were coming towards them from the dais--men whose intentions he misunderstood. He had aglimpse of someone running in the distance towards the curtains of the antechamber, and then Ostrog hadslipped from him and these newcomers were upon him. To his infinite astonishment, they seized him. Theyobeyed the shouts of Ostrog.

He was lugged a dozen yards before he realised that they were not friends--that they were dragging himtowards the open panel. When he saw this he pulled back, he tried to fling himself down, he shouted for helpwith all his strength. And this time there were answering cries.

The grip upon his neck relaxed, and behold! in the lower corner of the rent upon the wall, first one and thena number of little black figures appeared shouting and waving arms. They came leaping down from the gapinto the light gallery that had led to the Silent Rooms. They ran along it, so near were they that Grahamcould see the weapons in their hands. Then Ostrog was shouting in his ear to the men who held him, andonce more he was struggling with all his strength against their endeavours to thrust him towards the openingthat yawned to receive him. "They can't come down," panted Ostrog. "They daren't fire. It's all right. We'llsave him from them yet."

For long minutes as it seemed to Graham that inglorious struggle continued. His clothes were rent in a dozenplaces, he was covered in dust, one hand had been trodden upon. He could hear the shouts of his supporters,and once he heard shots. He could feel his strength giving way, feel his efforts wild and aimless. But no helpcame, and surely, irresistibly, that black, yawning opening came nearer.

The pressure upon him relaxed and he struggled up. He saw Ostrog's grey head receding and perceived thathe was no longer held. He turned about and came full into a man in black. One of the green weaponscracked close to him, a drift of pungent smoke came into his face, and a steel blade flashed. The hugechamber span about him.

He saw a man in pale blue stabbing one of the black and yellow attendants not three yards from his face.Then hands were upon him again.

He was being pulled in two directions now. It seemed as though people were shouting to him. He wanted tounderstand and could not. Someone was clutching about his thighs, he was being hoisted in spite of hisvigorous efforts. He understood suddenly, he ceased to struggle. He was lifted up on men's shoulders andcarried away from that devouring panel. Ten thousand throats were cheering.

He saw men in blue and black hurrying after the retreating Ostrogites and firing. Lifted up, he saw nowacross the whole expanse of the hall beneath the Atlas image, saw that he was being carried towards theraised platform in the centre of the place. The far end of the hall was already full of people running towardshim. They were looking at him and cheering.

He became aware that a bodyguard surrounded him. Active men about him shouted vague orders. He sawclose at hand the black moustached man in yellow who had been among those who had greeted him in thepublic theatre, shouting directions. The hall was already densely packed with swaying people, the little metalgallery sagged with a shouting load, the curtains at the end had been torn away, and the antechamber wasrevealed densely crowded. He could scarcely make the man near him hear for the tumult about them."Where has Ostrog gone?" he asked.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 122: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

The man he questioned pointed over the heads towards the lower panels about the hall on the side oppositethe gap. They stood open, and armed men, blue clad with black sashes, were running through them andvanishing into the chambers and passages beyond. It seemed to Graham that a sound of firing driftedthrough the riot. He was carried in a staggering curve across the great hall towards an opening beneath thegap.

He perceived men working with a sort of rude discipline to keep the crowd off him, to make a space clearabout him. He passed out of the hall, and saw a crude, new wall rising blankly before him topped by bluesky. He was swung down to his feet; someone gripped his arm and guided him. He found the man in yellowclose at hand. They were taking him up a narrow stairway of brick, and close at hand rose the great redpainted masses, the cranes and levers and the still engines of the big building machine.

He was at the top of the steps. He was hurried across a narrow railed footway, and suddenly with a vastshouting the amphitheatre of ruins opened again before him. "The Master is with us! The Master! TheMaster!" The shout swept athwart the lake of faces like a wave, broke against the distant cliff of ruins, andcame back in a welter of cries. "The Master is on our side!"

Graham perceived that he was no longer encompassed by people, that he was standing upon a littletemporary platform of white metal, part of a flimsy seeming scaffolding that laced about the great mass ofthe Council House. Over all the huge expanse of the ruins swayed and eddied the shouting people; and hereand there the black banners of the revolutionary societies ducked and swayed and formed rare nuclei oforganisation in the chaos. Up the steep stairs of wall and scaffolding by which his rescuers had reached theopening in the Atlas Chamber clung a solid crowd, and little energetic black figures clinging to pillars andprojections were strenuous to induce these congested, masses to stir. Behind him, at a higher point on thescaffolding, a number of men struggled upwards with the flapping folds of a huge black standard. Throughthe yawning gap in the walls below him he could look down upon the packed attentive multitudes in the Hallof the Atlas. The distant flying stages to the south came out bright and vivid, brought nearer as it seemed byan unusual translucency of the air. A solitary monoplane beat up from the central stage as if to meet thecoming aeroplanes.

"What has become of Ostrog?" asked Graham, and even as he spoke he saw that all eyes were turned fromhim towards the crest of the Council House building. He looked also in this direction of universal attention.For a moment he saw nothing but the jagged corner of a wall, hard and clear against the sky. Then in theshadow he perceived the interior of a room and recognised with a start the green and white decorations ofhis former prison. And coming quickly across this opened room and up to the very verge of the cliff of theruins came a little white clad figure followed by two other smaller seeming figures in black and yellow. Heheard the man beside him exclaim "Ostrog," and turned to ask a question. But he never did, because of thestartled exclamation of another of those who were with him and a lank finger suddenly pointing. He looked,and behold! the monoplane that had been rising from the flying stage when last he had looked in thatdirection, was driving towards them. The swift steady flight was still novel enough to hold his attention.

Nearer it came, growing rapidly larger and larger, until it had swept over the further edge of the ruins andinto view of the dense multitudes below. It drooped across the space and rose and passed overhead, rising toclear the mass of the Council House, a filmy translucent shape with the solitary aeronaut peering downthrough its ribs. It vanished beyond the skyline of the ruins.

Graham transferred his attention to Ostrog. He was signalling with his hands, and his attendants were busybreaking down the wall beside him. In another moment the monoplane came into view again, a little thing faraway, coming round in a wide curve and going slower.

Then suddenly the man in yellow shouted: "What are they doing? What are the people doing? Why is Ostrogleft there? Why is he not captured? They will lift him--the monoplane will lift him! Ah!"

The exclamation was echoed by a shout from the ruins. The rattling sound of the green weapons drifted

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 123: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

across the intervening gulf to Graham, and, looking down, he saw a number of black and yellow uniformsrunning along one of the galleries that lay open to the air below the promontory upon which Ostrog stood.They fired as they ran at men unseen, and then emerged a number of pale blue figures in pursuit. Theseminute fighting figures had the oddest effect; they seemed as they ran like little model soldiers in a toy. Thisqueer appearance of a house cut open gave that struggle amidst furniture and passages a quality ofunreality. It was perhaps two hundred yards away from him, and very nearly fifty above the heads in theruins below. The black and yellow men ran into an open archway, and turned and fired a volley. One of theblue pursuers striding forward close to the edge, flung up his arms, staggered sideways, seemed to Graham'ssense to hang over the edge for several seconds, and fell headlong down. Graham saw him strike aprojecting corner, fly out, head over heels, head over heels, and vanish behind the red arm of the buildingmachine.

And then a shadow came between Graham and the sun. He looked up and the sky was clear, but he knewthe little monoplane had passed. Ostrog had vanished. The man in yellow thrust before him, zealous andperspiring, pointing and blatant.

"They are grounding!" cried the man in yellow. "They are grounding. Tell the people to fire at him. Tell themto fire at him!"

Graham could not understand. He heard loud voices repeating these enigmatical orders.

Suddenly he saw the prow of the monoplane come gliding over the edge of the ruins and stop with a jerk. Ina moment Graham understood that the thing had grounded in order that Ostrog might escape by it. He saw ablue haze climbing out of the gulf, perceived that the people below him were now firing up at the projectingstem.

A man beside him cheered hoarsely, and he saw that the blue rebels had gained the archway that had beencontested by the men in black and yellow a moment before, and were running in a continual stream alongthe open passage.

And suddenly the monoplane slipped over the edge of the Council House and fell like a diving swallow. Itdropped, tilting at an angle of forty-five degrees, so steeply that it seemed to Graham, it seemed perhaps tomost of those below, that it could not possibly rise again.

It fell so closely past him that he could see Ostrog clutching the guides of the seat, with his grey hairstreaming; see the white-faced aeronaut wrenching over the lever that turned the machine upward. Heheard the apprehensive vague cry of innumerable men below.

Graham clutched the railing before him and gasped. The second seemed an age. The lower vane of themonoplane passed within an ace of touching the people, who yelled and screamed and trampled one anotherbelow.

And then it rose.

For a moment it looked as if it could not possibly clear the opposite cliff, and then that it could not possiblyclear the wind-wheel that rotated beyond.

And behold! it was clear and soaring, still heeling sideways, upward, upward into the wind-swept sky.

The suspense of the moment gave place to a fury of exasperation as the swarming people realised thatOstrog had escaped them. With belated activity they renewed their fire, until the rattling wove into a roar,until the whole area became dim and blue and the air pungent with the thin smoke of their weapons.

Too late! The flying machine dwindled smaller and smaller, and curved about and swept gracefullydownward to the flying stage from which it had so lately risen. Ostrog had escaped.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 124: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

For a while a confused babblement arose from the ruins, and then the universal attention came back toGraham, perched high among the scaffolding. He saw the faces of the people turned towards him, heardtheir shouts at his rescue. From the throat of the ways came the song of the revolt spreading like a breezeacross that swaying sea of men.

The little group of men about him shouted congratulations on his escape. The man in yellow was close tohim, with a set face and shining eyes. And the song was rising, louder and louder; tramp, tramp, tramp,tramp.

Slowly the realisation came of the full meaning of these things to him, the perception of the swift change inhis position. Ostrog, who had stood beside him whenever he had faced that shouting multitude before, wasbeyond there--the antagonist. There was no one to rule for him any longer. Even the people about him, theleaders and organisers of the multitude, looked to see what he would do, looked to him to act, awaited hisorders. He was king indeed. His puppet reign was at an end.

He was very intent to do the thing that was expected of him. His nerves and muscles were quivering, hismind was perhaps a little confused, but he felt neither fear nor anger. His hand that had been trodden uponthrobbed and was hot. He was a little nervous about his bearing. He knew he was not afraid, but he wasanxious not to seem afraid. In his former life he had often been more excited in playing games of skill. Hewas desirous of immediate action, he knew he must not think too much in detail of the huge complexity ofthe struggle about him lest be should be paralysed by the sense of its intricacy.

Over there those square blue shapes, the flying stages, meant Ostrog; against Ostrog, who was so clear anddefinite and decisive, he who was so vague and undecided, was fighting for the whole future of the world.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 125: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

CHAPTER XXIIIGRAHAM SPEAKS HIS WORD

For a time the Master of the Earth was not even master of his own mind. Even his will seemed a will not hisown, his own acts surprised him and were but a part of the confusion of strange experiences that pouredacross his being. These things were definite, the negroes were coming, Helen Wotton had warned thepeople of their coming, and he was Master of the Earth. Each of these facts seemed struggling for completepossession of his thoughts. They protruded from a background of swarming halls, elevated passages, roomsjammed with ward leaders in council, kinematograph and telephone rooms, and windows looking out on aseething sea of marching men. The men in yellow, and men whom he fancied were called Ward Leaders,were either propelling him forward or following him obediently; it was hard to tell. Perhaps they were doinga little of both. Perhaps some power unseen and unsuspected propelled them all. He was aware that he wasgoing to make a proclamation to the People of the Earth, aware of certain grandiose phrases floating in hismind as the thing he meant to say. Many little things happened, and then he found himself with the man inyellow entering a little room where this proclamation of his was to be made.

This room was grotesquely latter-day in its appointments. In the centre was a bright oval lit by shadedelectric lights from above. The rest was in shadow, and the double finely fitting doors through which hecame from the swarming Hall of the Atlas made the place very still. The dead thud of these as they closedbehind him, the sudden cessation of the tumult in which he had been living for hours, the quivering circle oflight, the whispers and quick noiseless movements of vaguely visible attendants in the shadows, had astrange effect upon Graham. The huge ears of a phonographic mechanism gaped in a battery for his words,the black eyes of great photographic cameras awaited his beginning, beyond metal rods and coils glittereddimly, and something whirled about with a droning hum. He walked into the centre of the light, and hisshadow drew together black and sharp to a little blot at his feet.

The vague shape of the thing he meant to say was already in his mind. But this silence, this isolation, thewithdrawal from that contagious crowd, this audience of gaping, glaring machines, had not been in hisanticipation. All his supports seemed withdrawn together; he seemed to have dropped into this suddenly,suddenly to have discovered himself. In a moment he was changed. He found that he now feared to beinadequate, he feared to be theatrical, he feared the quality of his voice, the quality of his wit; astonished, heturned to the man in yellow with a propitiatory gesture. "For a moment," he said, "I must wait. I did not thinkit would be like this. I must think of the thing I have to say."

While he was still hesitating there came an agitated messenger with news that the foremost aeroplaneswere passing over Madrid.

"What news of the flying stages?" he asked.

"The people of the south-west wards are ready."

"Ready!"

He turned impatiently to the blank circles of the lenses again.

"I suppose it must be a sort of speech. Would to God I knew certainly the thing that should be said!Aeroplanes at Madrid! They must have started before the main fleet.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 126: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

"Oh! what can it matter whether I speak well or ill?" he said, and felt the light grow brighter.

He had framed some vague sentence of democratic sentiment when suddenly doubts overwhelmed him. Hisbelief in his heroic quality and calling he found had altogether lost its assured conviction. The picture of alittle strutting futility in a windy waste of incomprehensible destinies replaced it. Abruptly it was perfectlyclear to him that this revolt against Ostrog was premature, foredoomed to failure, the impulse of passionateinadequacy against inevitable things. He thought of that swift flight of aeroplanes like the swoop of Fatetowards him. He was astonished that he could have seen things in any other light. In that final emergency hedebated, thrust debate resolutely aside, determined at all costs to go through with the thing he hadundertaken. And he could find no word to begin. Even as he stood, awkward, hesitating, with an indiscreetapology for his inability trembling on his lips, came the noise of many people crying out, the running to andfro of feet. "Wait," cried someone, and a door opened. Graham turned, and the watching lights waned.

Through the open doorway he saw a slight girlish figure approaching. His heart leapt. It was Helen Wotton.The man in yellow came out of the nearer shadows into the circle of light.

"This is the girl who told us what Ostrog had done," he said.

She came in very quietly, and stood still, as if she did not want to interrupt Graham's eloquence.... But hisdoubts and questionings fled before her presence. He remembered the things that he had meant to say. Hefaced the cameras again and the light about him grew brighter. He turned back to her.

"You have helped me," he said lamely--"helped me very much.... This is very difficult."

He paused. He addressed himself to the unseen multitudes who stared upon him through those grotesqueblack eyes. At first he spoke slowly.

"Men and women of the new age," he said; "you have arisen to do battle for the race!... There is no easyvictory before us."

He stopped to gather words. He wished passionately for the gift of moving speech.

"This night is a beginning," he said. "This battle that is coming, this battle that rushes upon us to-night, is onlya beginning. All your lives, it may be, you must fight. Take no thought though I am beaten, though I amutterly overthrown. I think I may be overthrown."

He found the thing in his mind too vague for words. He paused momentarily, and broke into vagueexhortations, and then a rush of speech came upon him. Much that he said was but the humanitariancommonplace of a vanished age, but the conviction of his voice touched it to vitality. He stated the case ofthe old days to the people of the new age, to the girl at his side.

"I come out of the past to you," he said, "with the memory of an age that hoped. My age was an age ofdreams--of beginnings, an age of noble hopes; throughout the world we had made an end of slavery;throughout the world we had spread the desire and anticipation that wars might cease, that all men andwomen might live nobly, in freedom and peace.... So we hoped in the days that are past. And what of thosehopes? How is it with man after two hundred years?

"Great cities, vast powers, a collective greatness beyond our dreams. For that we did not work, and that hascome. But how is it with the little lives that make up this greater life? How is it with the common lives? As ithas ever been--sorrow and labour, lives cramped and unfulfilled, lives tempted by power, tempted by wealth,and gone to waste and folly. The old faiths have faded and changed, the new faith--. Is there a new faith?

"Charity and mercy," he floundered; "beauty and the love of beautiful things--effort and devotion! Giveyourselves as I would give myself--as Christ gave Himself upon the Cross. It does not matter if youunderstand. It does not matter if you seem to fail. You know--in the core of your hearts you know. There is

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 127: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

no promise, there is no security--nothing to go upon but Faith. There is no faith but faith--faith which iscourage...."

Things that he had long wished to believe, he found that he believed. He spoke gustily, in broken incompletesentences, but with all his heart and strength, of this new faith within him. He spoke of the greatness of self-abnegation, of his belief in an immortal life of Humanity in which we live and move and have our being. Hisvoice rose and fell, and the recording appliances hummed as he spoke, dim attendants watched him out ofthe shadow....

His sense of that silent spectator beside him sustained his sincerity. For a few glorious moments he wascarried away; he felt no doubt of his heroic quality, no doubt of his heroic words, he had it all straight andplain. His eloquence limped no longer. And at last he made an end to speaking. "Here and now," he cried, "Imake my will. All that is mine in the world I give to the people of the world. All that is mine in the world Igive to the people of the world. To all of you. I give it to you, and myself I give to you. And as God wills to-night, I will live for you, or I will die."

He ended. He found the light of his present exaltation reflected in the face of the girl. Their eyes met; hereyes were swimming with tears of enthusiasm.

"I knew," she whispered. "Oh! Father of the World--Sire! I knew you would say these things...."

"I have said what I could," he answered lamely and grasped and clung to her outstretched hands.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 128: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

CHAPTER XXIVWHILE THE AEROPLANES WERE COMING

The man in yellow was beside them. Neither had noted his coming. He was saying that the south-westwards were marching. "I never expected it so soon," he cried. "They have done wonders. You must sendthem a word to help them on their way."

Graham stared at him absent-mindedly. Then with a start he returned to his previous preoccupation aboutthe flying stages.

"Yes," he said. "That is good, that is good." He weighed a message. "Tell them;--well done South West."

He turned his eyes to Helen Wotton again. His face expressed his struggle between conflicting ideas. "Wemust capture the flying stages," he explained. "Unless we can do that they will land negroes. At all costs wemust prevent that."

He felt even as he spoke that this was not what had been in his mind before the interruption. He saw atouch of surprise in her eyes. She seemed about to speak and a shrill bell drowned her voice.

It occurred to Graham that she expected him to lead these marching people, that that was the thing he hadto do. He made the offer abruptly. He addressed the man in yellow, but he spoke to her. He saw her facerespond. "Here I am doing nothing," he said.

"It is impossible," protested the man in yellow. "It is a fight in a warren. Your place is here."

He explained elaborately. He motioned towards the room where Graham must wait, he insisted no othercourse was possible. "We must know where you are," he said. "At any moment a crisis may arise needingyour presence and decision."

A picture had drifted through his mind of such a vast dramatic struggle as the masses in the ruins hadsuggested. But here was no spectacular battle-field such as he imagined. Instead was seclusion--andsuspense. It was only as the afternoon wore on that he pieced together a truer picture of the fight that wasraging, inaudibly and invisibly, within four miles of him, beneath the Roehampton stage. A strange andunprecedented contest it was, a battle that was a hundred thousand little battles, a battle in a sponge of waysand channels, fought out of sight of sky or sun under the electric glare, fought out in a vast confusion bymultitudes untrained in arms, led chiefly by acclamation, multitudes dulled by mindless labour and enervatedby the tradition of two hundred years of servile security against multitudes demoralised by lives of venialprivilege and sensual indulgence. They had no artillery, no differentiation into this force or that; the onlyweapon on either side was the little green metal carbine, whose secret manufacture and sudden distributionin enormous quantities had been one of Ostrog's culminating moves against the Council. Few had had anyexperience with this weapon, many had never discharged one, many who carried it came unprovided withammunition; never was wilder firing in the history of warfare. It was a battle of amateurs, a hideousexperimental warfare, armed rioters fighting armed rioters, armed rioters swept forward by the words andfury of a song, by the tramping sympathy of their numbers, pouring in countless myriads towards the smallerways, the disabled lifts, the galleries slippery with blood, the halls and passages choked with smoke, beneaththe flying stages, to learn there when retreat was hopeless the ancient mysteries of warfare. And overheadsave for a few sharpshooters upon the roof spaces and for a few bands and threads of vapour thatmultiplied and darkened towards the evening, the day was a clear serenity. Ostrog it seems had no bombs at

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 129: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

command and in all the earlier phases of the battle the flying machines played no part. Not the smallestcloud was there to break the empty brilliance of the sky. It seemed as though it held itself vacant until theaeroplanes should come.

Ever and again there was news of these, drawing nearer, from this Spanish town and then that, andpresently from France. But of the new guns that Ostrog had made and which were known to be in the citycame no news in spite of Graham's urgency, nor any report of successes from the dense felt of fightingstrands about the flying stages. Section after section of the Labour-Societies reported itself assembled,reported itself marching, and vanished from knowledge into the labyrinth of that warfare. What washappening there? Even the busy ward leaders did not know. In spite of the opening and closing of doors, thehasty messengers, the ringing of bells and the perpetual clitter-clack of recording implements, Graham feltisolated, strangely inactive, inoperative.

His isolation seemed at times the strangest, the most unexpected of all the things that had happened sincehis awakening. It had something of the quality of that inactivity that comes in dreams. A tumult, thestupendous realisation of a world struggle between Ostrog and himself, and then this confined quiet littleroom with its mouthpieces and bells and broken mirror!

Now the door would be closed and Graham and Helen were alone together; they seemed sharply markedoff then from all the unprecedented world storm that rushed together without, vividly aware of one another,only concerned with one another. Then the door would open again, messengers would enter, or a sharp bellwould stab their quiet privacy, and it was like a window in a well built brightly lit house flung open suddenlyto a hurricane. The dark hurry and tumult, the stress and vehemence of the battle rushed in andoverwhelmed them. They were no longer persons but mere spectators, mere impressions of a tremendousconvulsion. They became unreal even to themselves, miniatures of personality, indescribably small, and thetwo antagonistic realities, the only realities in being were first the city, that throbbed and roared yonder in abelated frenzy of defence and secondly the aeroplanes hurling inexorably towards them over the roundshoulder of the world.

There came a sudden stir outside, a running to and fro, and cries. The girl stood up, speechless, incredulous.

Metallic voices were shouting "Victory!" Yes it was "Victory!"

Bursting through the curtains appeared the man in yellow, startled and dishevelled with excitement,"Victory," he cried, "victory! The people are winning. Ostrog's people have collapsed."

She rose. "Victory?"

"What do you mean?" asked Graham. "Tell me! What?"

"We have driven them out of the under galleries at Norwood, Streatham is afire and burning wildly, andRoehampton is ours. Ours!--and we have taken the monoplane that lay thereon."

A shrill bell rang. An agitated grey-headed man appeared from the room of the Ward Leaders. "It is allover," he cried.

"What matters it now that we have Roehampton? The aeroplanes have been sighted at Boulogne!"

"The Channel!" said the man in yellow. He calculated swiftly."Half an hour."

"They still have three of the flying stages," said the old man.

"Those guns?" cried Graham.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 130: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

"We cannot mount them--in half an hour."

"Do you mean they are found?"

"Too late," said the old man.

"If we could stop them another hour!" cried the man in yellow.

"Nothing can stop them now," said the old man. "They have near a hundred aeroplanes in the first fleet."

"Another hour?" asked Graham.

"To be so near!" said the Ward Leader. "Now that we have found those guns. To be so near--. If once wecould get them out upon the roof spaces."

"How long would that take?" asked Graham suddenly.

"An hour--certainly."

"Too late," cried the Ward Leader, "too late."

"Is it too late?" said Graham. "Even now--. An hour!"

He had suddenly perceived a possibility. He tried to speak calmly, but his face was white. "There is arechance. You said there was a monoplane--?"

"On the Roehampton stage, Sire."

"Smashed?"

"No. It is lying crossways to the carrier. It might be got upon the guides--easily. But there is no aeronaut--."

Graham glanced at the two men and then at Helen. He spoke after a long pause. "We have no aeronauts?"

"None."

He turned suddenly to Helen. His decision was made. "I must do it."

"Do what?"

"Go to this flying stage--to this machine."

"What do you mean?"

"I am an aeronaut. After all--. Those days for which you reproached me were not altogether wasted."

He turned to the old man in yellow. "Tell them to put it upon the guides."

The man in yellow hesitated.

"What do you mean to do?" cried Helen.

"This monoplane--it is a chance--."

"You don't mean--?"

"To fight--yes. To fight in the air. I have thought before--. A big aeroplane is a clumsy thing. A resolute man-

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 131: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

-!"

"But--never since flying began--" cried the man in yellow.

"There has been no need. But now the time has come. Tell them now--send them my message--to put itupon the guides. I see now something to do. I see now why I am here!"

The old man dumbly interrogated the man in yellow nodded, and hurried out.

Helen made a step towards Graham. Her face was white. "But, Sire!--How can one fight? You will bekilled."

"Perhaps. Yet, not to do it--or to let some one else attempt it--."

"You will be killed," she repeated.

"I've said my word. Do you not see? It may save--London!"

He stopped, he could speak no more, he swept the alternative aside by a gesture, and they stood looking atone another.

They were both clear that he must go. There was no step back from these towering heroisms.

Her eyes brimmed with tears. She came towards him with a curious movement of her hands, as though shefelt her way and could not see; she seized his hand and kissed it.

"To wake," she cried, "for this!"

He held her clumsily for a moment, and kissed the hair of her bowed head, and then thrust her away, andturned towards the man in yellow.

He could not speak. The gesture of his arm said "Onward."

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 132: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

CHAPTER XXVTHE COMING OF THE AEROPLANES

Two men in pale blue were lying in the irregular line that stretched along the edge of the capturedRoehampton stage from end to end, grasping their carbines and peering into the shadows of the stage calledWimbledon Park. Now and then they spoke to one another. They spoke the mutilated English of their classand period. The fire of the Ostrogites had dwindled and ceased, and few of the enemy had been seen forsome time. But the echoes of the fight that was going on now far below in the lower galleries of that stage,came every now and then between the staccato of shots from the popular side. One of these men wasdescribing to the other how he had seen a man down below there dodge behind a girder, and had aimed at aguess and hit him cleanly as he dodged too far. "He's down there still," said the marksman. "See that littlepatch. Yes. Between those bars."

A few yards behind them lay a dead stranger, face upward to the sky, with the blue canvas of his jacketsmouldering in a circle about the neat bullet hole on his chest. Close beside him a wounded man, with a legswathed about, sat with an expressionless face and watched the progress of that burning. Behind them,athwart the carrier lay the captured monoplane.

"I can't see him now," said the second man in a tone of provocation.

The marksman became foul-mouthed and high-voiced in his earnest endeavour to make things plain. Andsuddenly, interrupting him, came a noisy shouting from the substage.

"What's going on now?" he said, and raised himself on one arm to survey the stairheads in the centralgroove of the stage. A number of blue figures were coming up these, and swarming across the stage.

"We don't want all these fools," said his friend. "They only crowd up and spoil shots. What are they after?"

"Ssh!--they're shouting something."

The two men listened. The new-comers had crowded densely about the machine. Three Ward Leaders,conspicuous by their black mantles and badges, clambered into the body and appeared above it. The rankand file flung themselves upon the vans, gripping hold of the edges, until the entire outline of the thing wasmanned, in some places three deep. One of the marksmen knelt up. "They're putting it on the carrier--that'swhat they're after."

He rose to his feet, his friend rose also. "What's the good?" said his friend. "We've got no aeronauts."

"That's what they're doing anyhow." He looked at his rifle, looked at the struggling crowd, and suddenlyturned to the wounded man. "Mind these, mate," he said, handing his carbine and cartridge belt; and in amoment he was running towards the monoplane. For a quarter of an hour he was lugging, thrusting, shoutingand heeding shouts, and then the thing was done, and he stood with a multitude of others cheering their ownachievement. By this time he knew, what indeed everyone in the city knew, that the Master, raw learnerthough he was, intended to fly this machine himself, was coming even now to take control of it, would let noother man attempt it.

"He who takes the greatest danger, he who bears the heaviest burden, that man is King," so the Master wasreported to have spoken. And even as this man cheered, and while the beads of sweat still chased one

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 133: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

another from the disorder of his hair, he heard the thunder of a greater tumult, and in fitful snatches the beatand impulse of the revolutionary song. He saw through a gap in the people that a thick stream of heads stillpoured up the stairway. "The Master is coming," shouted voices, "the Master is coming," and the crowdabout him grew denser and denser. He began to thrust himself towards the central groove. "The Master iscoming!" "The Sleeper, the Master!" "God and the Master!" roared the voices.

And suddenly quite close to him were the black uniforms of the revolutionary guard, and for the first and lasttime in his life he saw Graham, saw him quite nearly. A tall, dark man in a flowing black robe he was, with awhite, resolute face and eyes fixed steadfastly before him; a man who for all the little things about him hadneither ears nor eyes nor thoughts....

For all his days that man remembered the passing of Graham's bloodless face. In a moment it had gone andhe was fighting in the swaying crowd. A lad weeping with terror thrust against him, pressing towards thestairways, yelling "Clear for the start, you fools!" The bell that cleared the flying stage became a loudunmelodious clanging.

With that clanging in his ears Graham drew near the monoplane, marched into the shadow of its tilting wing.He became aware that a number of people about him were offering to accompany him, and waved theiroffers aside. He wanted to think how one started the engine. The bell clanged faster and faster, and the feetof the retreating people roared faster and louder. The man in yellow was assisting him to mount through theribs of the body. He clambered into the aeronaut's place, fixing himself very carefully and deliberately. Whatwas it? The man in yellow was pointing to two small flying machines driving upward in the southern sky. Nodoubt they were looking for the coming aeroplanes. That--presently--the thing to do now was to start.Things were being shouted at him, questions, warnings. They bothered him. He wanted to think about themachine, to recall every item of his previous experience. He waved the people from him, saw the man inyellow dropping off through the ribs, saw the crowd cleft down the line of the girders by his gesture.

For a moment he was motionless, staring at the levers, the wheel by which the engine shifted, and all thedelicate appliances of which he knew so little. His eye caught a spirit level with the bubble towards him, andhe remembered something, spent a dozen seconds in swinging the engine forward until the bubble floated inthe centre of the tube. He noted that the people were not shouting, knew they watched his deliberation. Abullet smashed on the bar above his head. Who fired? Was the line clear of people? He stood up to see andsat down again.

In another second the propeller was spinning and he was rushing down the guides. He gripped the wheeland swung the engine back to lift the stem. Then it was the people shouted. In a moment he was throbbingwith the quiver of the engine, and the shouts dwindled swiftly behind, rushed down to silence. The windwhistled over the edges of the screen, and the world sank away from him very swiftly.

Throb, throb, throb--throb, throb, throb; up he drove. He fancied himself free of all excitement, felt cool anddeliberate. He lifted the stem still more, opened one valve on his left wing and swept round and up. Helooked down with a steady head, and up. One of the Ostrogite monoplanes was driving across his course, sothat he drove obliquely towards it and would pass below it at a steep angle. Its little aeronauts were peeringdown at him. What did they mean to do? His mind became active. One, he saw held a weapon pointing,seemed prepared to fire. What did they think he meant to do? In a moment he understood their tactics, andhis resolution was taken. His momentary lethargy was past. He opened two more valves to his left, swunground, end on to this hostile machine, closed his valves, and shot straight at it, stem and wind-screenshielding him from the shot. They tilted a little as if to clear him. He flung up his stem.

Throb, throb, throb--pause--throb, throb--he set his teeth, his face into an involuntary grimace, and crash! Hestruck it! He struck upward beneath the nearer wing.

Very slowly the wing of his antagonist seemed to broaden as the impetus of his blow turned it up. He sawthe full breadth of it and then it slid downward out of his sight.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 134: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

He felt his stem going down, his hands tightened on the levers, whirled and rammed the engine back. He feltthe jerk of a clearance, the nose of the machine jerked upward steeply, and for a moment he seemed to belying on his back. The machine was reeling and staggering, it seemed to be dancing on its screw. He made ahuge effort, hung for a moment on the levers, and slowly the engine came forward again. He was drivingupward but no longer so steeply. He gasped for a moment and flung himself at the levers again. The windwhistled about him. One further effort and he was almost level. He could breathe. He turned his head forthe first time to see what had become of his antagonists. Turned back to the levers for a moment and lookedagain. For a moment he could have believed they were annihilated. And then he saw between the twostages to the east was a chasm, and down this something, a slender edge, fell swiftly and vanished, as asixpence falls down a crack.

At first he did not understand, and then a wild joy possessed him. He shouted at the top of his voice, aninarticulate shout, and drove higher and higher up the sky. Throb, throb, throb, pause, throb, throb, throb."Where was the other?" he thought. "They too--." As he looked round the empty heavens he had amomentary fear that this second machine had risen above him, and then he saw it alighting on the Norwoodstage. They had meant shooting. To risk being rammed headlong two thousand feet in the air was beyondtheir latter-day courage....

For a little while he circled, then swooped in a steep descent towards the westward stage. Throb throbthrob, throb throb throb. The twilight was creeping on apace, the smoke from the Streatham stage that hadbeen so dense and dark, was now a pillar of fire, and all the laced curves of the moving ways and thetranslucent roofs and domes and the chasms between the buildings were glowing softly now, lit by thetempered radiance of the electric light that the glare of the day overpowered. The three efficient stages thatthe Ostrogites held--for Wimbledon Park was useless because of the fire from Roehampton, and Streathamwas a furnace--were glowing with guide lights for the coming aeroplanes. As he swept over theRoehampton stage he saw the dark masses of the people thereon. He heard a clap of frantic cheering,heard a bullet from the Wimbledon Park stage tweet through the air, and went beating up above the Surreywastes. He felt a breath of wind from the southwest, and lifted his westward wing as he had learnt to do,and so drove upward heeling into the rare swift upper air. Whirr, whirr, whirr.

Up he drove and up, to that pulsating rhythm, until the country beneath was blue and indistinct, and Londonspread like a little map traced in light, like the mere model of a city near the brim of the horizon. Thesouthwest was a sky of sapphire over the shadowy rim of the world, and ever as he drove upward themultitude of stars increased.

And behold! In the southward, low down and glittering swiftly nearer, were two little patches of nebulouslight. And then two more, and then a glow of swiftly driving shapes. Presently he could count them. Therewere four and twenty. The first fleet of aeroplanes had come! Beyond appeared a yet greater glow.

He swept round in a half circle, staring at this advancing fleet. It flew in a wedge-like shape, a triangularflight of gigantic phosphorescent shapes sweeping nearer through the lower air. He made a swift calculationof their pace, and spun the little wheel that brought the engine forward. He touched a lever and thethrobbing effort of the engine ceased. He began to fall, fell swifter and swifter. He aimed at the apex of thewedge. He dropped like a stone through the whistling air. It seemed scarce a second from that soaringmoment before he struck the foremost aeroplane.

No man of all that black multitude saw the coming of his fate, no man among them dreamt of the hawk thatstruck downward upon him out of the sky. Those who were not limp in the agonies of air-sickness, werecraning their black necks and staring to see the filmy city that was rising out of the haze, the rich andsplendid city to which "Massa Boss" had brought their obedient muscles. Bright teeth gleamed and theglossy faces shone. They had heard of Paris. They knew they were to have lordly times among the poorwhite trash.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 135: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

Suddenly Graham hit them.

He had aimed at the body of the aeroplane, but at the very last instant a better idea had flashed into hismind. He twisted about and struck near the edge of the starboard wing with all his accumulated weight. Hewas jerked back as he struck. His prow went gliding across its smooth expanse towards the rim. He felt theforward rush of the huge fabric sweeping him and his monoplane along with it, and for a moment thatseemed an age he could not tell what was happening. He heard a thousand throats yelling, and perceivedthat his machine was balanced on the edge of the gigantic float, and driving down, down; glanced over hisshoulder and saw the backbone of the aeroplane and the opposite float swaying up. He had a vision throughthe ribs of sliding chairs, staring faces, and hands clutching at the tilting guide bars. The fenestrations in thefurther float flashed open as the aeronaut tried to right her. Beyond, he saw a second aeroplane leapingsteeply to escape the whirl of its heeling fellow. The broad area of swaying wings seemed to jerk upward.He felt he had dropped clear, that the monstrous fabric, clean overturned, hung like a sloping wall abovehim.

He did not clearly understand that he had struck the side float of the aeroplane and slipped off, but heperceived that he was flying free on the down glide and rapidly nearing earth. What had he done? His heartthrobbed like a noisy engine in his throat and for a perilous instant he could not move his levers because ofthe paralysis of his hands. He wrenched the levers to throw his engine back, fought for two seconds againstthe weight of it, felt himself righting, driving horizontally, set the engine beating again.

He looked upward and saw two aeroplanes glide shouting far overhead, looked back, and saw the mainbody of the fleet opening out and rushing upward and outward; saw the one he had struck fall edgewise onand strike like a gigantic knife-blade along the wind-wheels below it.

He put down his stern and looked again. He drove up heedless of his direction as he watched. He saw thewind-vanes give, saw the huge fabric strike the earth, saw its downward vanes crumple with the weight ofits descent, and then the whole mass turned over and smashed, upside down, upon the sloping wheels. Thenfrom the heaving wreckage a thin tongue of white fire licked up towards the zenith. He was aware of ahuge mass flying through the air towards him, and turned upwards just in time to escape the charge--if itwas a charge--of a second aeroplane. It whirled by below, sucked him down a fathom, and nearly turnedhim over in the gust of its close passage.

He became aware of three others rushing towards him, aware of the urgent necessity of beating abovethem. Aeroplanes were all about him, circling wildly to avoid him, as it seemed. They drove past him, above,below, eastward and westward. Far away to the westward was the sound of a collision, and two fallingflares. Far away to the southward a second squadron was coming. Steadily he beat upward. Presently allthe aeroplanes were below him, but for a moment he doubted the height he had of them, and did not swoopagain. And then he came down upon a second victim and all its load of soldiers saw him coming. The bigmachine heeled and swayed as the fear-maddened men scrambled to the stern for their weapons. A scoreof bullets sung through the air, and there flashed a star in the thick glass wind-screen that protected him.The aeroplane slowed and dropped to foil his stroke, and dropped too low. Just in time he saw the wind-wheels of Bromley hill rushing up towards him, and spun about and up as the aeroplane he had chasedcrashed among them. All its voices wove into a felt of yelling. The great fabric seemed to be standing onend for a second among the heeling and splintering vans, and then it flew to pieces. Huge splinters cameflying through the air, its engines burst like shells. A hot rush of flame shot overhead into the darkling sky.

"Two!" he cried, with a bomb from overhead bursting as it fell, and forthwith he was beating up again. Aglorious exhilaration possessed him now, a giant activity. His troubles about humanity, about his inadequacy,were gone for ever. He was a man in battle rejoicing in his power. Aeroplanes seemed radiating from him inevery direction, intent only upon avoiding him, the yelling of their packed passengers came in short gusts asthey swept by. He chose his third quarry, struck hastily and did but turn it on edge. It escaped him, to smashagainst the tall cliff of London wall. Flying from that impact he skimmed the darkling ground so nearly he

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 136: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

could see a frightened rabbit bolting up a slope. He jerked up steeply, and found himself driving over southLondon with the air about him vacant. To the right of him a wild riot of signal rockets from the Ostrogitesbanged tumultuously in the sky. To the south the wreckage of half a dozen air ships flamed, and east andwest and north they fled before him. They drove away to the east and north, and went about in the south,for they could not pause in the air. In their present confusion any attempt at evolution would have meantdisastrous collisions.

He passed two hundred feet or so above the Roehampton stage. It was black with people and noisy withtheir frantic shouting. But why was the Wimbledon Park stage black and cheering, too? The smoke andflame of Streatham now hid the three further stages. He curved about and rose to see them and thenorthern quarters. First came the square masses of Shooter's Hill into sight, from behind the smoke, lit andorderly with the aeroplane that had landed and its disembarking negroes. Then came Blackheath, and thenunder the corner of the reek the Norwood stage. On Blackheath no aeroplane had landed. Norwood wascovered by a swarm of little figures running to and fro in a passionate confusion. Why? Abruptly heunderstood. The stubborn defence of the flying stages was over, the people were pouring into the under-ways of these last strongholds of Ostrog's usurpation. And then, from far away on the northern border ofthe city, full of glorious import to him, came a sound, a signal, a note of triumph, the leaden thud of a gun.His lips fell apart, his face was disturbed with emotion.

He drew an immense breath. "They win," he shouted to the empty air; "the people win!" The sound of asecond gun came like an answer. And then he saw the monoplane on Blackheath was running down itsguides to launch. It lifted clean and rose. It shot up into the air, driving straight southward and away fromhim.

In an instant it came to him what this meant. It must needs be Ostrog in flight. He shouted and droppedtowards it. He had the momentum of his elevation and fell slanting down the air and very swiftly. It rosesteeply at his approach. He allowed for its velocity and drove straight upon it.

It suddenly became a mere flat edge, and behold! he was past it, and driving headlong down with all theforce of his futile blow.

He was furiously angry. He reeled the engine back along its shaft and went circling up. He saw Ostrog'smachine beating up a spiral before him. He rose straight towards it, won above it by virtue of the impetus ofhis swoop and by the advantage and weight of a man. He dropped headlong--dropped and missed again! Ashe rushed past he saw the face of Ostrog's aeronaut confident and cool and in Ostrog's attitude a wincingresolution. Ostrog was looking steadfastly away from him--to the south. He realized with a gleam of wrathhow bungling his flight must be. Below he saw the Croydon hills. He jerked upward and once more hegained on his enemy.

He glanced over his shoulder and his attention was arrested. The eastward stage, the one on Shooter's Hill,appeared to lift; a flash changing to a tall grey shape, a cowled figure of smoke and dust, jerked into the air.For a moment this cowled figure stood motionless, dropping huge masses of metal from its shoulders, andthen it began to uncoil a dense head of smoke. The people had blown it up, aeroplane and all! As suddenly asecond flash and grey shape sprang up from the Norwood stage. And even as he stared at this came a deadreport; and the air wave of the first explosion struck him. He was flung up and sideways.

For a moment his monoplane fell nearly edgewise with her nose down, and seemed to hesitate whether tooverset altogether. He stood on his wind-shield, wrenching the wheel that swayed up over his head. Andthen the shock of the second explosion took his machine sideways.

He found himself clinging to one of the ribs of his machine, and the air was blowing past him and upward.He seemed to be hanging quite still in the air, with the wind blowing up past him. It occurred to him that hewas falling. Then he was sure that he was falling. He could not look down.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com

Page 137: The Sleeper Awakes...THE SLEEPER AWAKES A Revised Edition of "When the Sleeper Wakes" H.G. WELLS 1899 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION When the Sleeper Wakes, whose title I …

He found himself recapitulating with incredible swiftness all that had happened since his awakening, thedays of doubt, the days of Empire, and at last the tumultuous discovery of Ostrog's calculated treachery.

The vision had a quality of utter unreality. Who was he? Why was he holding so tightly with his hands? Whycould he not let go? In such a fall as this countless dreams have ended. But in a moment he would wake....

His thoughts ran swifter and swifter. He wondered if he should see Helen again. It seemed so unreasonablethat he should not see her again. It must be a dream! Yet surely he would meet her. She at least was real.She was real. He would wake and meet her.

Although he could not look at it, he was suddenly aware that the earth was very near.

THE END.

Downloaded from https://www.holybooks.com